1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package directoryservice 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "time" 8 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 13 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc" 14) 15 16const opAcceptSharedDirectory = "AcceptSharedDirectory" 17 18// AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 19// client's request for the AcceptSharedDirectory operation. The "output" return 20// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 21// successfully. 22// 23// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 24// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 25// 26// See AcceptSharedDirectory for more information on using the AcceptSharedDirectory 27// API call, and error handling. 28// 29// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 30// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 31// 32// 33// // Example sending a request using the AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest method. 34// req, resp := client.AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(params) 35// 36// err := req.Send() 37// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 38// fmt.Println(resp) 39// } 40// 41// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AcceptSharedDirectory 42func (c *DirectoryService) AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(input *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) { 43 op := &request.Operation{ 44 Name: opAcceptSharedDirectory, 45 HTTPMethod: "POST", 46 HTTPPath: "/", 47 } 48 49 if input == nil { 50 input = &AcceptSharedDirectoryInput{} 51 } 52 53 output = &AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput{} 54 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 55 return 56} 57 58// AcceptSharedDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 59// 60// Accepts a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner 61// account. 62// 63// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 64// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 65// the error. 66// 67// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 68// API operation AcceptSharedDirectory for usage and error information. 69// 70// Returned Error Codes: 71// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 72// One or more parameters are not valid. 73// 74// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 75// The specified entity could not be found. 76// 77// * ErrCodeDirectoryAlreadySharedException "DirectoryAlreadySharedException" 78// The specified directory has already been shared with this AWS account. 79// 80// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 81// A client exception has occurred. 82// 83// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 84// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 85// 86// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AcceptSharedDirectory 87func (c *DirectoryService) AcceptSharedDirectory(input *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) (*AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 88 req, out := c.AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 89 return out, req.Send() 90} 91 92// AcceptSharedDirectoryWithContext is the same as AcceptSharedDirectory with the addition of 93// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 94// 95// See AcceptSharedDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 96// 97// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 98// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 99// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 100// for more information on using Contexts. 101func (c *DirectoryService) AcceptSharedDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 102 req, out := c.AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 103 req.SetContext(ctx) 104 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 105 return out, req.Send() 106} 107 108const opAddIpRoutes = "AddIpRoutes" 109 110// AddIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 111// client's request for the AddIpRoutes operation. The "output" return 112// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 113// successfully. 114// 115// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 116// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 117// 118// See AddIpRoutes for more information on using the AddIpRoutes 119// API call, and error handling. 120// 121// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 122// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 123// 124// 125// // Example sending a request using the AddIpRoutesRequest method. 126// req, resp := client.AddIpRoutesRequest(params) 127// 128// err := req.Send() 129// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 130// fmt.Println(resp) 131// } 132// 133// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddIpRoutes 134func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutesRequest(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddIpRoutesOutput) { 135 op := &request.Operation{ 136 Name: opAddIpRoutes, 137 HTTPMethod: "POST", 138 HTTPPath: "/", 139 } 140 141 if input == nil { 142 input = &AddIpRoutesInput{} 143 } 144 145 output = &AddIpRoutesOutput{} 146 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 147 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 148 return 149} 150 151// AddIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. 152// 153// If the DNS server for your on-premises domain uses a publicly addressable 154// IP address, you must add a CIDR address block to correctly route traffic 155// to and from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services. AddIpRoutes adds this 156// address block. You can also use AddIpRoutes to facilitate routing traffic 157// that uses public IP ranges from your Microsoft AD on AWS to a peer VPC. 158// 159// Before you call AddIpRoutes, ensure that all of the required permissions 160// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 161// are required to run the AddIpRoutes operation, see AWS Directory Service 162// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 163// 164// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 165// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 166// the error. 167// 168// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 169// API operation AddIpRoutes for usage and error information. 170// 171// Returned Error Codes: 172// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 173// The specified entity could not be found. 174// 175// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 176// The specified entity already exists. 177// 178// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 179// One or more parameters are not valid. 180// 181// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 182// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 183// 184// * ErrCodeIpRouteLimitExceededException "IpRouteLimitExceededException" 185// The maximum allowed number of IP addresses was exceeded. The default limit 186// is 100 IP address blocks. 187// 188// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 189// A client exception has occurred. 190// 191// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 192// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 193// 194// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddIpRoutes 195func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutes(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (*AddIpRoutesOutput, error) { 196 req, out := c.AddIpRoutesRequest(input) 197 return out, req.Send() 198} 199 200// AddIpRoutesWithContext is the same as AddIpRoutes with the addition of 201// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 202// 203// See AddIpRoutes for details on how to use this API operation. 204// 205// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 206// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 207// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 208// for more information on using Contexts. 209func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddIpRoutesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddIpRoutesOutput, error) { 210 req, out := c.AddIpRoutesRequest(input) 211 req.SetContext(ctx) 212 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 213 return out, req.Send() 214} 215 216const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" 217 218// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 219// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return 220// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 221// successfully. 222// 223// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 224// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 225// 226// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource 227// API call, and error handling. 228// 229// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 230// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 231// 232// 233// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. 234// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) 235// 236// err := req.Send() 237// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 238// fmt.Println(resp) 239// } 240// 241// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddTagsToResource 242func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { 243 op := &request.Operation{ 244 Name: opAddTagsToResource, 245 HTTPMethod: "POST", 246 HTTPPath: "/", 247 } 248 249 if input == nil { 250 input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} 251 } 252 253 output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} 254 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 255 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 256 return 257} 258 259// AddTagsToResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. 260// 261// Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified directory. Each directory 262// can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value. 263// Tag keys must be unique to each resource. 264// 265// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 266// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 267// the error. 268// 269// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 270// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. 271// 272// Returned Error Codes: 273// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 274// The specified entity could not be found. 275// 276// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 277// One or more parameters are not valid. 278// 279// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededException "TagLimitExceededException" 280// The maximum allowed number of tags was exceeded. 281// 282// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 283// A client exception has occurred. 284// 285// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 286// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 287// 288// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddTagsToResource 289func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 290 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 291 return out, req.Send() 292} 293 294// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of 295// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 296// 297// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation. 298// 299// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 300// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 301// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 302// for more information on using Contexts. 303func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 304 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 305 req.SetContext(ctx) 306 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 307 return out, req.Send() 308} 309 310const opCancelSchemaExtension = "CancelSchemaExtension" 311 312// CancelSchemaExtensionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 313// client's request for the CancelSchemaExtension operation. The "output" return 314// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 315// successfully. 316// 317// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 318// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 319// 320// See CancelSchemaExtension for more information on using the CancelSchemaExtension 321// API call, and error handling. 322// 323// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 324// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 325// 326// 327// // Example sending a request using the CancelSchemaExtensionRequest method. 328// req, resp := client.CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(params) 329// 330// err := req.Send() 331// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 332// fmt.Println(resp) 333// } 334// 335// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CancelSchemaExtension 336func (c *DirectoryService) CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(input *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelSchemaExtensionOutput) { 337 op := &request.Operation{ 338 Name: opCancelSchemaExtension, 339 HTTPMethod: "POST", 340 HTTPPath: "/", 341 } 342 343 if input == nil { 344 input = &CancelSchemaExtensionInput{} 345 } 346 347 output = &CancelSchemaExtensionOutput{} 348 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 349 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 350 return 351} 352 353// CancelSchemaExtension API operation for AWS Directory Service. 354// 355// Cancels an in-progress schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory. Once 356// a schema extension has started replicating to all domain controllers, the 357// task can no longer be canceled. A schema extension can be canceled during 358// any of the following states; Initializing, CreatingSnapshot, and UpdatingSchema. 359// 360// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 361// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 362// the error. 363// 364// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 365// API operation CancelSchemaExtension for usage and error information. 366// 367// Returned Error Codes: 368// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 369// The specified entity could not be found. 370// 371// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 372// A client exception has occurred. 373// 374// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 375// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 376// 377// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CancelSchemaExtension 378func (c *DirectoryService) CancelSchemaExtension(input *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) (*CancelSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 379 req, out := c.CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 380 return out, req.Send() 381} 382 383// CancelSchemaExtensionWithContext is the same as CancelSchemaExtension with the addition of 384// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 385// 386// See CancelSchemaExtension for details on how to use this API operation. 387// 388// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 389// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 390// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 391// for more information on using Contexts. 392func (c *DirectoryService) CancelSchemaExtensionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelSchemaExtensionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 393 req, out := c.CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 394 req.SetContext(ctx) 395 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 396 return out, req.Send() 397} 398 399const opConnectDirectory = "ConnectDirectory" 400 401// ConnectDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 402// client's request for the ConnectDirectory operation. The "output" return 403// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 404// successfully. 405// 406// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 407// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 408// 409// See ConnectDirectory for more information on using the ConnectDirectory 410// API call, and error handling. 411// 412// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 413// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 414// 415// 416// // Example sending a request using the ConnectDirectoryRequest method. 417// req, resp := client.ConnectDirectoryRequest(params) 418// 419// err := req.Send() 420// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 421// fmt.Println(resp) 422// } 423// 424// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ConnectDirectory 425func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectoryRequest(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *ConnectDirectoryOutput) { 426 op := &request.Operation{ 427 Name: opConnectDirectory, 428 HTTPMethod: "POST", 429 HTTPPath: "/", 430 } 431 432 if input == nil { 433 input = &ConnectDirectoryInput{} 434 } 435 436 output = &ConnectDirectoryOutput{} 437 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 438 return 439} 440 441// ConnectDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 442// 443// Creates an AD Connector to connect to an on-premises directory. 444// 445// Before you call ConnectDirectory, ensure that all of the required permissions 446// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 447// are required to run the ConnectDirectory operation, see AWS Directory Service 448// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 449// 450// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 451// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 452// the error. 453// 454// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 455// API operation ConnectDirectory for usage and error information. 456// 457// Returned Error Codes: 458// * ErrCodeDirectoryLimitExceededException "DirectoryLimitExceededException" 459// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can 460// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in 461// the region. 462// 463// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 464// One or more parameters are not valid. 465// 466// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 467// A client exception has occurred. 468// 469// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 470// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 471// 472// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ConnectDirectory 473func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectory(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) (*ConnectDirectoryOutput, error) { 474 req, out := c.ConnectDirectoryRequest(input) 475 return out, req.Send() 476} 477 478// ConnectDirectoryWithContext is the same as ConnectDirectory with the addition of 479// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 480// 481// See ConnectDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 482// 483// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 484// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 485// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 486// for more information on using Contexts. 487func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ConnectDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ConnectDirectoryOutput, error) { 488 req, out := c.ConnectDirectoryRequest(input) 489 req.SetContext(ctx) 490 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 491 return out, req.Send() 492} 493 494const opCreateAlias = "CreateAlias" 495 496// CreateAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 497// client's request for the CreateAlias operation. The "output" return 498// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 499// successfully. 500// 501// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 502// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 503// 504// See CreateAlias for more information on using the CreateAlias 505// API call, and error handling. 506// 507// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 508// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 509// 510// 511// // Example sending a request using the CreateAliasRequest method. 512// req, resp := client.CreateAliasRequest(params) 513// 514// err := req.Send() 515// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 516// fmt.Println(resp) 517// } 518// 519// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateAlias 520func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateAliasOutput) { 521 op := &request.Operation{ 522 Name: opCreateAlias, 523 HTTPMethod: "POST", 524 HTTPPath: "/", 525 } 526 527 if input == nil { 528 input = &CreateAliasInput{} 529 } 530 531 output = &CreateAliasOutput{} 532 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 533 return 534} 535 536// CreateAlias API operation for AWS Directory Service. 537// 538// Creates an alias for a directory and assigns the alias to the directory. 539// The alias is used to construct the access URL for the directory, such as 540// http://<alias>.awsapps.com. 541// 542// After an alias has been created, it cannot be deleted or reused, so this 543// operation should only be used when absolutely necessary. 544// 545// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 546// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 547// the error. 548// 549// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 550// API operation CreateAlias for usage and error information. 551// 552// Returned Error Codes: 553// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 554// The specified entity already exists. 555// 556// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 557// The specified entity could not be found. 558// 559// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 560// One or more parameters are not valid. 561// 562// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 563// A client exception has occurred. 564// 565// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 566// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 567// 568// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateAlias 569func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) { 570 req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input) 571 return out, req.Send() 572} 573 574// CreateAliasWithContext is the same as CreateAlias with the addition of 575// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 576// 577// See CreateAlias for details on how to use this API operation. 578// 579// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 580// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 581// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 582// for more information on using Contexts. 583func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAliasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateAliasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) { 584 req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input) 585 req.SetContext(ctx) 586 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 587 return out, req.Send() 588} 589 590const opCreateComputer = "CreateComputer" 591 592// CreateComputerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 593// client's request for the CreateComputer operation. The "output" return 594// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 595// successfully. 596// 597// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 598// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 599// 600// See CreateComputer for more information on using the CreateComputer 601// API call, and error handling. 602// 603// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 604// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 605// 606// 607// // Example sending a request using the CreateComputerRequest method. 608// req, resp := client.CreateComputerRequest(params) 609// 610// err := req.Send() 611// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 612// fmt.Println(resp) 613// } 614// 615// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateComputer 616func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputerRequest(input *CreateComputerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateComputerOutput) { 617 op := &request.Operation{ 618 Name: opCreateComputer, 619 HTTPMethod: "POST", 620 HTTPPath: "/", 621 } 622 623 if input == nil { 624 input = &CreateComputerInput{} 625 } 626 627 output = &CreateComputerOutput{} 628 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 629 return 630} 631 632// CreateComputer API operation for AWS Directory Service. 633// 634// Creates a computer account in the specified directory, and joins the computer 635// to the directory. 636// 637// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 638// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 639// the error. 640// 641// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 642// API operation CreateComputer for usage and error information. 643// 644// Returned Error Codes: 645// * ErrCodeAuthenticationFailedException "AuthenticationFailedException" 646// An authentication error occurred. 647// 648// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 649// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 650// 651// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 652// The specified entity already exists. 653// 654// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 655// The specified entity could not be found. 656// 657// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 658// One or more parameters are not valid. 659// 660// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 661// The operation is not supported. 662// 663// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 664// A client exception has occurred. 665// 666// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 667// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 668// 669// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateComputer 670func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputer(input *CreateComputerInput) (*CreateComputerOutput, error) { 671 req, out := c.CreateComputerRequest(input) 672 return out, req.Send() 673} 674 675// CreateComputerWithContext is the same as CreateComputer with the addition of 676// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 677// 678// See CreateComputer for details on how to use this API operation. 679// 680// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 681// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 682// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 683// for more information on using Contexts. 684func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateComputerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateComputerOutput, error) { 685 req, out := c.CreateComputerRequest(input) 686 req.SetContext(ctx) 687 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 688 return out, req.Send() 689} 690 691const opCreateConditionalForwarder = "CreateConditionalForwarder" 692 693// CreateConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 694// client's request for the CreateConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return 695// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 696// successfully. 697// 698// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 699// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 700// 701// See CreateConditionalForwarder for more information on using the CreateConditionalForwarder 702// API call, and error handling. 703// 704// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 705// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 706// 707// 708// // Example sending a request using the CreateConditionalForwarderRequest method. 709// req, resp := client.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(params) 710// 711// err := req.Send() 712// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 713// fmt.Println(resp) 714// } 715// 716// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateConditionalForwarder 717func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) { 718 op := &request.Operation{ 719 Name: opCreateConditionalForwarder, 720 HTTPMethod: "POST", 721 HTTPPath: "/", 722 } 723 724 if input == nil { 725 input = &CreateConditionalForwarderInput{} 726 } 727 728 output = &CreateConditionalForwarderOutput{} 729 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 730 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 731 return 732} 733 734// CreateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. 735// 736// Creates a conditional forwarder associated with your AWS directory. Conditional 737// forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship with another 738// domain. The conditional forwarder points to the trusted domain. 739// 740// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 741// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 742// the error. 743// 744// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 745// API operation CreateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. 746// 747// Returned Error Codes: 748// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 749// The specified entity already exists. 750// 751// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 752// The specified entity could not be found. 753// 754// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 755// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 756// 757// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 758// One or more parameters are not valid. 759// 760// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 761// The operation is not supported. 762// 763// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 764// A client exception has occurred. 765// 766// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 767// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 768// 769// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateConditionalForwarder 770func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarder(input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) (*CreateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 771 req, out := c.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 772 return out, req.Send() 773} 774 775// CreateConditionalForwarderWithContext is the same as CreateConditionalForwarder with the addition of 776// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 777// 778// See CreateConditionalForwarder for details on how to use this API operation. 779// 780// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 781// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 782// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 783// for more information on using Contexts. 784func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 785 req, out := c.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 786 req.SetContext(ctx) 787 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 788 return out, req.Send() 789} 790 791const opCreateDirectory = "CreateDirectory" 792 793// CreateDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 794// client's request for the CreateDirectory operation. The "output" return 795// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 796// successfully. 797// 798// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 799// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 800// 801// See CreateDirectory for more information on using the CreateDirectory 802// API call, and error handling. 803// 804// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 805// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 806// 807// 808// // Example sending a request using the CreateDirectoryRequest method. 809// req, resp := client.CreateDirectoryRequest(params) 810// 811// err := req.Send() 812// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 813// fmt.Println(resp) 814// } 815// 816// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateDirectory 817func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectoryRequest(input *CreateDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDirectoryOutput) { 818 op := &request.Operation{ 819 Name: opCreateDirectory, 820 HTTPMethod: "POST", 821 HTTPPath: "/", 822 } 823 824 if input == nil { 825 input = &CreateDirectoryInput{} 826 } 827 828 output = &CreateDirectoryOutput{} 829 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 830 return 831} 832 833// CreateDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 834// 835// Creates a Simple AD directory. 836// 837// Before you call CreateDirectory, ensure that all of the required permissions 838// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 839// are required to run the CreateDirectory operation, see AWS Directory Service 840// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 841// 842// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 843// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 844// the error. 845// 846// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 847// API operation CreateDirectory for usage and error information. 848// 849// Returned Error Codes: 850// * ErrCodeDirectoryLimitExceededException "DirectoryLimitExceededException" 851// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can 852// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in 853// the region. 854// 855// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 856// One or more parameters are not valid. 857// 858// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 859// A client exception has occurred. 860// 861// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 862// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 863// 864// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateDirectory 865func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectory(input *CreateDirectoryInput) (*CreateDirectoryOutput, error) { 866 req, out := c.CreateDirectoryRequest(input) 867 return out, req.Send() 868} 869 870// CreateDirectoryWithContext is the same as CreateDirectory with the addition of 871// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 872// 873// See CreateDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 874// 875// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 876// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 877// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 878// for more information on using Contexts. 879func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDirectoryOutput, error) { 880 req, out := c.CreateDirectoryRequest(input) 881 req.SetContext(ctx) 882 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 883 return out, req.Send() 884} 885 886const opCreateLogSubscription = "CreateLogSubscription" 887 888// CreateLogSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 889// client's request for the CreateLogSubscription operation. The "output" return 890// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 891// successfully. 892// 893// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 894// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 895// 896// See CreateLogSubscription for more information on using the CreateLogSubscription 897// API call, and error handling. 898// 899// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 900// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 901// 902// 903// // Example sending a request using the CreateLogSubscriptionRequest method. 904// req, resp := client.CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(params) 905// 906// err := req.Send() 907// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 908// fmt.Println(resp) 909// } 910// 911// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateLogSubscription 912func (c *DirectoryService) CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLogSubscriptionOutput) { 913 op := &request.Operation{ 914 Name: opCreateLogSubscription, 915 HTTPMethod: "POST", 916 HTTPPath: "/", 917 } 918 919 if input == nil { 920 input = &CreateLogSubscriptionInput{} 921 } 922 923 output = &CreateLogSubscriptionOutput{} 924 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 925 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 926 return 927} 928 929// CreateLogSubscription API operation for AWS Directory Service. 930// 931// Creates a subscription to forward real time Directory Service domain controller 932// security logs to the specified CloudWatch log group in your AWS account. 933// 934// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 935// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 936// the error. 937// 938// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 939// API operation CreateLogSubscription for usage and error information. 940// 941// Returned Error Codes: 942// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 943// The specified entity already exists. 944// 945// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 946// The specified entity could not be found. 947// 948// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 949// The operation is not supported. 950// 951// * ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException "InsufficientPermissionsException" 952// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. 953// 954// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 955// A client exception has occurred. 956// 957// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 958// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 959// 960// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateLogSubscription 961func (c *DirectoryService) CreateLogSubscription(input *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) (*CreateLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 962 req, out := c.CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 963 return out, req.Send() 964} 965 966// CreateLogSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateLogSubscription with the addition of 967// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 968// 969// See CreateLogSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 970// 971// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 972// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 973// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 974// for more information on using Contexts. 975func (c *DirectoryService) CreateLogSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLogSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 976 req, out := c.CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 977 req.SetContext(ctx) 978 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 979 return out, req.Send() 980} 981 982const opCreateMicrosoftAD = "CreateMicrosoftAD" 983 984// CreateMicrosoftADRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 985// client's request for the CreateMicrosoftAD operation. The "output" return 986// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 987// successfully. 988// 989// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 990// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 991// 992// See CreateMicrosoftAD for more information on using the CreateMicrosoftAD 993// API call, and error handling. 994// 995// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 996// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 997// 998// 999// // Example sending a request using the CreateMicrosoftADRequest method. 1000// req, resp := client.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(params) 1001// 1002// err := req.Send() 1003// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1004// fmt.Println(resp) 1005// } 1006// 1007// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateMicrosoftAD 1008func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input *CreateMicrosoftADInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMicrosoftADOutput) { 1009 op := &request.Operation{ 1010 Name: opCreateMicrosoftAD, 1011 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1012 HTTPPath: "/", 1013 } 1014 1015 if input == nil { 1016 input = &CreateMicrosoftADInput{} 1017 } 1018 1019 output = &CreateMicrosoftADOutput{} 1020 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1021 return 1022} 1023 1024// CreateMicrosoftAD API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1025// 1026// Creates an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 1027// 1028// Before you call CreateMicrosoftAD, ensure that all of the required permissions 1029// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 1030// are required to run the CreateMicrosoftAD operation, see AWS Directory Service 1031// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 1032// 1033// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1034// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1035// the error. 1036// 1037// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1038// API operation CreateMicrosoftAD for usage and error information. 1039// 1040// Returned Error Codes: 1041// * ErrCodeDirectoryLimitExceededException "DirectoryLimitExceededException" 1042// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can 1043// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in 1044// the region. 1045// 1046// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1047// One or more parameters are not valid. 1048// 1049// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1050// A client exception has occurred. 1051// 1052// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1053// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1054// 1055// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1056// The operation is not supported. 1057// 1058// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateMicrosoftAD 1059func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftAD(input *CreateMicrosoftADInput) (*CreateMicrosoftADOutput, error) { 1060 req, out := c.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input) 1061 return out, req.Send() 1062} 1063 1064// CreateMicrosoftADWithContext is the same as CreateMicrosoftAD with the addition of 1065// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1066// 1067// See CreateMicrosoftAD for details on how to use this API operation. 1068// 1069// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1070// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1071// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1072// for more information on using Contexts. 1073func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftADWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMicrosoftADInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMicrosoftADOutput, error) { 1074 req, out := c.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input) 1075 req.SetContext(ctx) 1076 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1077 return out, req.Send() 1078} 1079 1080const opCreateSnapshot = "CreateSnapshot" 1081 1082// CreateSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1083// client's request for the CreateSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1084// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1085// successfully. 1086// 1087// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1088// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1089// 1090// See CreateSnapshot for more information on using the CreateSnapshot 1091// API call, and error handling. 1092// 1093// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1094// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1095// 1096// 1097// // Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotRequest method. 1098// req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotRequest(params) 1099// 1100// err := req.Send() 1101// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1102// fmt.Println(resp) 1103// } 1104// 1105// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateSnapshot 1106func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSnapshotOutput) { 1107 op := &request.Operation{ 1108 Name: opCreateSnapshot, 1109 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1110 HTTPPath: "/", 1111 } 1112 1113 if input == nil { 1114 input = &CreateSnapshotInput{} 1115 } 1116 1117 output = &CreateSnapshotOutput{} 1118 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1119 return 1120} 1121 1122// CreateSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1123// 1124// Creates a snapshot of a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory in the AWS cloud. 1125// 1126// You cannot take snapshots of AD Connector directories. 1127// 1128// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1129// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1130// the error. 1131// 1132// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1133// API operation CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. 1134// 1135// Returned Error Codes: 1136// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1137// The specified entity could not be found. 1138// 1139// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1140// One or more parameters are not valid. 1141// 1142// * ErrCodeSnapshotLimitExceededException "SnapshotLimitExceededException" 1143// The maximum number of manual snapshots for the directory has been reached. 1144// You can use the GetSnapshotLimits operation to determine the snapshot limits 1145// for a directory. 1146// 1147// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1148// A client exception has occurred. 1149// 1150// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1151// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1152// 1153// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateSnapshot 1154func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshot(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) { 1155 req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input) 1156 return out, req.Send() 1157} 1158 1159// CreateSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateSnapshot with the addition of 1160// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1161// 1162// See CreateSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1163// 1164// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1165// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1166// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1167// for more information on using Contexts. 1168func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) { 1169 req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input) 1170 req.SetContext(ctx) 1171 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1172 return out, req.Send() 1173} 1174 1175const opCreateTrust = "CreateTrust" 1176 1177// CreateTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1178// client's request for the CreateTrust operation. The "output" return 1179// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1180// successfully. 1181// 1182// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1183// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1184// 1185// See CreateTrust for more information on using the CreateTrust 1186// API call, and error handling. 1187// 1188// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1189// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1190// 1191// 1192// // Example sending a request using the CreateTrustRequest method. 1193// req, resp := client.CreateTrustRequest(params) 1194// 1195// err := req.Send() 1196// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1197// fmt.Println(resp) 1198// } 1199// 1200// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateTrust 1201func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrustRequest(input *CreateTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTrustOutput) { 1202 op := &request.Operation{ 1203 Name: opCreateTrust, 1204 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1205 HTTPPath: "/", 1206 } 1207 1208 if input == nil { 1209 input = &CreateTrustInput{} 1210 } 1211 1212 output = &CreateTrustOutput{} 1213 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1214 return 1215} 1216 1217// CreateTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1218// 1219// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure 1220// trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your 1221// AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, and your existing on-premises Microsoft 1222// Active Directory. This would allow you to provide users and groups access 1223// to resources in either domain, with a single set of credentials. 1224// 1225// This action initiates the creation of the AWS side of a trust relationship 1226// between an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain. You 1227// can create either a forest trust or an external trust. 1228// 1229// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1230// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1231// the error. 1232// 1233// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1234// API operation CreateTrust for usage and error information. 1235// 1236// Returned Error Codes: 1237// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 1238// The specified entity already exists. 1239// 1240// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1241// The specified entity could not be found. 1242// 1243// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1244// One or more parameters are not valid. 1245// 1246// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1247// A client exception has occurred. 1248// 1249// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1250// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1251// 1252// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1253// The operation is not supported. 1254// 1255// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateTrust 1256func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrust(input *CreateTrustInput) (*CreateTrustOutput, error) { 1257 req, out := c.CreateTrustRequest(input) 1258 return out, req.Send() 1259} 1260 1261// CreateTrustWithContext is the same as CreateTrust with the addition of 1262// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1263// 1264// See CreateTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 1265// 1266// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1267// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1268// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1269// for more information on using Contexts. 1270func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTrustOutput, error) { 1271 req, out := c.CreateTrustRequest(input) 1272 req.SetContext(ctx) 1273 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1274 return out, req.Send() 1275} 1276 1277const opDeleteConditionalForwarder = "DeleteConditionalForwarder" 1278 1279// DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1280// client's request for the DeleteConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return 1281// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1282// successfully. 1283// 1284// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1285// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1286// 1287// See DeleteConditionalForwarder for more information on using the DeleteConditionalForwarder 1288// API call, and error handling. 1289// 1290// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1291// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1292// 1293// 1294// // Example sending a request using the DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest method. 1295// req, resp := client.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(params) 1296// 1297// err := req.Send() 1298// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1299// fmt.Println(resp) 1300// } 1301// 1302// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteConditionalForwarder 1303func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) { 1304 op := &request.Operation{ 1305 Name: opDeleteConditionalForwarder, 1306 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1307 HTTPPath: "/", 1308 } 1309 1310 if input == nil { 1311 input = &DeleteConditionalForwarderInput{} 1312 } 1313 1314 output = &DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput{} 1315 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1316 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1317 return 1318} 1319 1320// DeleteConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1321// 1322// Deletes a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory. 1323// 1324// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1325// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1326// the error. 1327// 1328// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1329// API operation DeleteConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. 1330// 1331// Returned Error Codes: 1332// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1333// The specified entity could not be found. 1334// 1335// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 1336// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 1337// 1338// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1339// One or more parameters are not valid. 1340// 1341// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1342// The operation is not supported. 1343// 1344// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1345// A client exception has occurred. 1346// 1347// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1348// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1349// 1350// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteConditionalForwarder 1351func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarder(input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) (*DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 1352 req, out := c.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 1353 return out, req.Send() 1354} 1355 1356// DeleteConditionalForwarderWithContext is the same as DeleteConditionalForwarder with the addition of 1357// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1358// 1359// See DeleteConditionalForwarder for details on how to use this API operation. 1360// 1361// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1362// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1363// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1364// for more information on using Contexts. 1365func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 1366 req, out := c.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 1367 req.SetContext(ctx) 1368 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1369 return out, req.Send() 1370} 1371 1372const opDeleteDirectory = "DeleteDirectory" 1373 1374// DeleteDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1375// client's request for the DeleteDirectory operation. The "output" return 1376// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1377// successfully. 1378// 1379// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1380// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1381// 1382// See DeleteDirectory for more information on using the DeleteDirectory 1383// API call, and error handling. 1384// 1385// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1386// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1387// 1388// 1389// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDirectoryRequest method. 1390// req, resp := client.DeleteDirectoryRequest(params) 1391// 1392// err := req.Send() 1393// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1394// fmt.Println(resp) 1395// } 1396// 1397// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteDirectory 1398func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectoryRequest(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDirectoryOutput) { 1399 op := &request.Operation{ 1400 Name: opDeleteDirectory, 1401 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1402 HTTPPath: "/", 1403 } 1404 1405 if input == nil { 1406 input = &DeleteDirectoryInput{} 1407 } 1408 1409 output = &DeleteDirectoryOutput{} 1410 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1411 return 1412} 1413 1414// DeleteDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1415// 1416// Deletes an AWS Directory Service directory. 1417// 1418// Before you call DeleteDirectory, ensure that all of the required permissions 1419// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 1420// are required to run the DeleteDirectory operation, see AWS Directory Service 1421// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 1422// 1423// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1424// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1425// the error. 1426// 1427// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1428// API operation DeleteDirectory for usage and error information. 1429// 1430// Returned Error Codes: 1431// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1432// The specified entity could not be found. 1433// 1434// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1435// A client exception has occurred. 1436// 1437// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1438// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1439// 1440// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteDirectory 1441func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectory(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) (*DeleteDirectoryOutput, error) { 1442 req, out := c.DeleteDirectoryRequest(input) 1443 return out, req.Send() 1444} 1445 1446// DeleteDirectoryWithContext is the same as DeleteDirectory with the addition of 1447// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1448// 1449// See DeleteDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 1450// 1451// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1452// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1453// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1454// for more information on using Contexts. 1455func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDirectoryOutput, error) { 1456 req, out := c.DeleteDirectoryRequest(input) 1457 req.SetContext(ctx) 1458 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1459 return out, req.Send() 1460} 1461 1462const opDeleteLogSubscription = "DeleteLogSubscription" 1463 1464// DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1465// client's request for the DeleteLogSubscription operation. The "output" return 1466// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1467// successfully. 1468// 1469// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1470// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1471// 1472// See DeleteLogSubscription for more information on using the DeleteLogSubscription 1473// API call, and error handling. 1474// 1475// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1476// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1477// 1478// 1479// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest method. 1480// req, resp := client.DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(params) 1481// 1482// err := req.Send() 1483// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1484// fmt.Println(resp) 1485// } 1486// 1487// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteLogSubscription 1488func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput) { 1489 op := &request.Operation{ 1490 Name: opDeleteLogSubscription, 1491 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1492 HTTPPath: "/", 1493 } 1494 1495 if input == nil { 1496 input = &DeleteLogSubscriptionInput{} 1497 } 1498 1499 output = &DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput{} 1500 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1501 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1502 return 1503} 1504 1505// DeleteLogSubscription API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1506// 1507// Deletes the specified log subscription. 1508// 1509// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1510// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1511// the error. 1512// 1513// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1514// API operation DeleteLogSubscription for usage and error information. 1515// 1516// Returned Error Codes: 1517// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1518// The specified entity could not be found. 1519// 1520// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1521// The operation is not supported. 1522// 1523// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1524// A client exception has occurred. 1525// 1526// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1527// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1528// 1529// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteLogSubscription 1530func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteLogSubscription(input *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1531 req, out := c.DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 1532 return out, req.Send() 1533} 1534 1535// DeleteLogSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteLogSubscription with the addition of 1536// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1537// 1538// See DeleteLogSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 1539// 1540// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1541// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1542// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1543// for more information on using Contexts. 1544func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteLogSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1545 req, out := c.DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 1546 req.SetContext(ctx) 1547 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1548 return out, req.Send() 1549} 1550 1551const opDeleteSnapshot = "DeleteSnapshot" 1552 1553// DeleteSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1554// client's request for the DeleteSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1555// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1556// successfully. 1557// 1558// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1559// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1560// 1561// See DeleteSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteSnapshot 1562// API call, and error handling. 1563// 1564// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1565// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1566// 1567// 1568// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotRequest method. 1569// req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotRequest(params) 1570// 1571// err := req.Send() 1572// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1573// fmt.Println(resp) 1574// } 1575// 1576// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteSnapshot 1577func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSnapshotOutput) { 1578 op := &request.Operation{ 1579 Name: opDeleteSnapshot, 1580 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1581 HTTPPath: "/", 1582 } 1583 1584 if input == nil { 1585 input = &DeleteSnapshotInput{} 1586 } 1587 1588 output = &DeleteSnapshotOutput{} 1589 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1590 return 1591} 1592 1593// DeleteSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1594// 1595// Deletes a directory snapshot. 1596// 1597// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1598// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1599// the error. 1600// 1601// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1602// API operation DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. 1603// 1604// Returned Error Codes: 1605// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1606// The specified entity could not be found. 1607// 1608// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1609// One or more parameters are not valid. 1610// 1611// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1612// A client exception has occurred. 1613// 1614// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1615// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1616// 1617// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteSnapshot 1618func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshot(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { 1619 req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input) 1620 return out, req.Send() 1621} 1622 1623// DeleteSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteSnapshot with the addition of 1624// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1625// 1626// See DeleteSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1627// 1628// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1629// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1630// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1631// for more information on using Contexts. 1632func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { 1633 req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input) 1634 req.SetContext(ctx) 1635 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1636 return out, req.Send() 1637} 1638 1639const opDeleteTrust = "DeleteTrust" 1640 1641// DeleteTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1642// client's request for the DeleteTrust operation. The "output" return 1643// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1644// successfully. 1645// 1646// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1647// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1648// 1649// See DeleteTrust for more information on using the DeleteTrust 1650// API call, and error handling. 1651// 1652// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1653// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1654// 1655// 1656// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTrustRequest method. 1657// req, resp := client.DeleteTrustRequest(params) 1658// 1659// err := req.Send() 1660// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1661// fmt.Println(resp) 1662// } 1663// 1664// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteTrust 1665func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrustRequest(input *DeleteTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTrustOutput) { 1666 op := &request.Operation{ 1667 Name: opDeleteTrust, 1668 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1669 HTTPPath: "/", 1670 } 1671 1672 if input == nil { 1673 input = &DeleteTrustInput{} 1674 } 1675 1676 output = &DeleteTrustOutput{} 1677 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1678 return 1679} 1680 1681// DeleteTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1682// 1683// Deletes an existing trust relationship between your AWS Managed Microsoft 1684// AD directory and an external domain. 1685// 1686// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1687// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1688// the error. 1689// 1690// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1691// API operation DeleteTrust for usage and error information. 1692// 1693// Returned Error Codes: 1694// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1695// The specified entity could not be found. 1696// 1697// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1698// One or more parameters are not valid. 1699// 1700// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1701// A client exception has occurred. 1702// 1703// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1704// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1705// 1706// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1707// The operation is not supported. 1708// 1709// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteTrust 1710func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrust(input *DeleteTrustInput) (*DeleteTrustOutput, error) { 1711 req, out := c.DeleteTrustRequest(input) 1712 return out, req.Send() 1713} 1714 1715// DeleteTrustWithContext is the same as DeleteTrust with the addition of 1716// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1717// 1718// See DeleteTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 1719// 1720// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1721// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1722// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1723// for more information on using Contexts. 1724func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTrustOutput, error) { 1725 req, out := c.DeleteTrustRequest(input) 1726 req.SetContext(ctx) 1727 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1728 return out, req.Send() 1729} 1730 1731const opDeregisterEventTopic = "DeregisterEventTopic" 1732 1733// DeregisterEventTopicRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1734// client's request for the DeregisterEventTopic operation. The "output" return 1735// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1736// successfully. 1737// 1738// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1739// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1740// 1741// See DeregisterEventTopic for more information on using the DeregisterEventTopic 1742// API call, and error handling. 1743// 1744// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1745// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1746// 1747// 1748// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterEventTopicRequest method. 1749// req, resp := client.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(params) 1750// 1751// err := req.Send() 1752// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1753// fmt.Println(resp) 1754// } 1755// 1756// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeregisterEventTopic 1757func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input *DeregisterEventTopicInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterEventTopicOutput) { 1758 op := &request.Operation{ 1759 Name: opDeregisterEventTopic, 1760 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1761 HTTPPath: "/", 1762 } 1763 1764 if input == nil { 1765 input = &DeregisterEventTopicInput{} 1766 } 1767 1768 output = &DeregisterEventTopicOutput{} 1769 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1770 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1771 return 1772} 1773 1774// DeregisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1775// 1776// Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. 1777// 1778// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1779// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1780// the error. 1781// 1782// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1783// API operation DeregisterEventTopic for usage and error information. 1784// 1785// Returned Error Codes: 1786// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1787// The specified entity could not be found. 1788// 1789// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1790// One or more parameters are not valid. 1791// 1792// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1793// A client exception has occurred. 1794// 1795// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1796// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1797// 1798// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeregisterEventTopic 1799func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopic(input *DeregisterEventTopicInput) (*DeregisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 1800 req, out := c.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input) 1801 return out, req.Send() 1802} 1803 1804// DeregisterEventTopicWithContext is the same as DeregisterEventTopic with the addition of 1805// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1806// 1807// See DeregisterEventTopic for details on how to use this API operation. 1808// 1809// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1810// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1811// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1812// for more information on using Contexts. 1813func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopicWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterEventTopicInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 1814 req, out := c.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input) 1815 req.SetContext(ctx) 1816 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1817 return out, req.Send() 1818} 1819 1820const opDescribeConditionalForwarders = "DescribeConditionalForwarders" 1821 1822// DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1823// client's request for the DescribeConditionalForwarders operation. The "output" return 1824// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1825// successfully. 1826// 1827// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1828// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1829// 1830// See DescribeConditionalForwarders for more information on using the DescribeConditionalForwarders 1831// API call, and error handling. 1832// 1833// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1834// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1835// 1836// 1837// // Example sending a request using the DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest method. 1838// req, resp := client.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(params) 1839// 1840// err := req.Send() 1841// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1842// fmt.Println(resp) 1843// } 1844// 1845// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeConditionalForwarders 1846func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) { 1847 op := &request.Operation{ 1848 Name: opDescribeConditionalForwarders, 1849 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1850 HTTPPath: "/", 1851 } 1852 1853 if input == nil { 1854 input = &DescribeConditionalForwardersInput{} 1855 } 1856 1857 output = &DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput{} 1858 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1859 return 1860} 1861 1862// DescribeConditionalForwarders API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1863// 1864// Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account. 1865// 1866// If no input parameters are provided for RemoteDomainNames, this request describes 1867// all conditional forwarders for the specified directory ID. 1868// 1869// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1870// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1871// the error. 1872// 1873// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1874// API operation DescribeConditionalForwarders for usage and error information. 1875// 1876// Returned Error Codes: 1877// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1878// The specified entity could not be found. 1879// 1880// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 1881// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 1882// 1883// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1884// One or more parameters are not valid. 1885// 1886// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1887// The operation is not supported. 1888// 1889// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1890// A client exception has occurred. 1891// 1892// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1893// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1894// 1895// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeConditionalForwarders 1896func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwarders(input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (*DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) { 1897 req, out := c.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input) 1898 return out, req.Send() 1899} 1900 1901// DescribeConditionalForwardersWithContext is the same as DescribeConditionalForwarders with the addition of 1902// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1903// 1904// See DescribeConditionalForwarders for details on how to use this API operation. 1905// 1906// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1907// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1908// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1909// for more information on using Contexts. 1910func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwardersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) { 1911 req, out := c.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input) 1912 req.SetContext(ctx) 1913 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1914 return out, req.Send() 1915} 1916 1917const opDescribeDirectories = "DescribeDirectories" 1918 1919// DescribeDirectoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1920// client's request for the DescribeDirectories operation. The "output" return 1921// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1922// successfully. 1923// 1924// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1925// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1926// 1927// See DescribeDirectories for more information on using the DescribeDirectories 1928// API call, and error handling. 1929// 1930// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1931// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1932// 1933// 1934// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDirectoriesRequest method. 1935// req, resp := client.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(params) 1936// 1937// err := req.Send() 1938// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1939// fmt.Println(resp) 1940// } 1941// 1942// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDirectories 1943func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDirectoriesOutput) { 1944 op := &request.Operation{ 1945 Name: opDescribeDirectories, 1946 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1947 HTTPPath: "/", 1948 } 1949 1950 if input == nil { 1951 input = &DescribeDirectoriesInput{} 1952 } 1953 1954 output = &DescribeDirectoriesOutput{} 1955 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1956 return 1957} 1958 1959// DescribeDirectories API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1960// 1961// Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account. 1962// 1963// You can retrieve information about specific directories by passing the directory 1964// identifiers in the DirectoryIds parameter. Otherwise, all directories that 1965// belong to the current account are returned. 1966// 1967// This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request 1968// and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken 1969// member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeDirectories 1970// to retrieve the next set of items. 1971// 1972// You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter. 1973// 1974// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1975// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1976// the error. 1977// 1978// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1979// API operation DescribeDirectories for usage and error information. 1980// 1981// Returned Error Codes: 1982// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1983// The specified entity could not be found. 1984// 1985// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1986// One or more parameters are not valid. 1987// 1988// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 1989// The NextToken value is not valid. 1990// 1991// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1992// A client exception has occurred. 1993// 1994// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1995// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1996// 1997// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDirectories 1998func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectories(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput) (*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, error) { 1999 req, out := c.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input) 2000 return out, req.Send() 2001} 2002 2003// DescribeDirectoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeDirectories with the addition of 2004// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2005// 2006// See DescribeDirectories for details on how to use this API operation. 2007// 2008// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2009// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2010// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2011// for more information on using Contexts. 2012func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDirectoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, error) { 2013 req, out := c.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input) 2014 req.SetContext(ctx) 2015 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2016 return out, req.Send() 2017} 2018 2019const opDescribeDomainControllers = "DescribeDomainControllers" 2020 2021// DescribeDomainControllersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2022// client's request for the DescribeDomainControllers operation. The "output" return 2023// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2024// successfully. 2025// 2026// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2027// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2028// 2029// See DescribeDomainControllers for more information on using the DescribeDomainControllers 2030// API call, and error handling. 2031// 2032// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2033// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2034// 2035// 2036// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDomainControllersRequest method. 2037// req, resp := client.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(params) 2038// 2039// err := req.Send() 2040// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2041// fmt.Println(resp) 2042// } 2043// 2044// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDomainControllers 2045func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersRequest(input *DescribeDomainControllersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDomainControllersOutput) { 2046 op := &request.Operation{ 2047 Name: opDescribeDomainControllers, 2048 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2049 HTTPPath: "/", 2050 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2051 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2052 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2053 LimitToken: "Limit", 2054 TruncationToken: "", 2055 }, 2056 } 2057 2058 if input == nil { 2059 input = &DescribeDomainControllersInput{} 2060 } 2061 2062 output = &DescribeDomainControllersOutput{} 2063 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2064 return 2065} 2066 2067// DescribeDomainControllers API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2068// 2069// Provides information about any domain controllers in your directory. 2070// 2071// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2072// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2073// the error. 2074// 2075// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2076// API operation DescribeDomainControllers for usage and error information. 2077// 2078// Returned Error Codes: 2079// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2080// The specified entity could not be found. 2081// 2082// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2083// The NextToken value is not valid. 2084// 2085// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2086// One or more parameters are not valid. 2087// 2088// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2089// A client exception has occurred. 2090// 2091// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2092// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2093// 2094// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2095// The operation is not supported. 2096// 2097// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDomainControllers 2098func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllers(input *DescribeDomainControllersInput) (*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, error) { 2099 req, out := c.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(input) 2100 return out, req.Send() 2101} 2102 2103// DescribeDomainControllersWithContext is the same as DescribeDomainControllers with the addition of 2104// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2105// 2106// See DescribeDomainControllers for details on how to use this API operation. 2107// 2108// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2109// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2110// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2111// for more information on using Contexts. 2112func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDomainControllersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, error) { 2113 req, out := c.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(input) 2114 req.SetContext(ctx) 2115 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2116 return out, req.Send() 2117} 2118 2119// DescribeDomainControllersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDomainControllers operation, 2120// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2121// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2122// 2123// See DescribeDomainControllers method for more information on how to use this operation. 2124// 2125// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2126// 2127// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDomainControllers operation. 2128// pageNum := 0 2129// err := client.DescribeDomainControllersPages(params, 2130// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2131// pageNum++ 2132// fmt.Println(page) 2133// return pageNum <= 3 2134// }) 2135// 2136func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersPages(input *DescribeDomainControllersInput, fn func(*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, bool) bool) error { 2137 return c.DescribeDomainControllersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2138} 2139 2140// DescribeDomainControllersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDomainControllersPages except 2141// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2142// 2143// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2144// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2145// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2146// for more information on using Contexts. 2147func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDomainControllersInput, fn func(*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2148 p := request.Pagination{ 2149 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2150 var inCpy *DescribeDomainControllersInput 2151 if input != nil { 2152 tmp := *input 2153 inCpy = &tmp 2154 } 2155 req, _ := c.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(inCpy) 2156 req.SetContext(ctx) 2157 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2158 return req, nil 2159 }, 2160 } 2161 2162 cont := true 2163 for p.Next() && cont { 2164 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDomainControllersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 2165 } 2166 return p.Err() 2167} 2168 2169const opDescribeEventTopics = "DescribeEventTopics" 2170 2171// DescribeEventTopicsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2172// client's request for the DescribeEventTopics operation. The "output" return 2173// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2174// successfully. 2175// 2176// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2177// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2178// 2179// See DescribeEventTopics for more information on using the DescribeEventTopics 2180// API call, and error handling. 2181// 2182// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2183// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2184// 2185// 2186// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventTopicsRequest method. 2187// req, resp := client.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(params) 2188// 2189// err := req.Send() 2190// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2191// fmt.Println(resp) 2192// } 2193// 2194// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeEventTopics 2195func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input *DescribeEventTopicsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventTopicsOutput) { 2196 op := &request.Operation{ 2197 Name: opDescribeEventTopics, 2198 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2199 HTTPPath: "/", 2200 } 2201 2202 if input == nil { 2203 input = &DescribeEventTopicsInput{} 2204 } 2205 2206 output = &DescribeEventTopicsOutput{} 2207 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2208 return 2209} 2210 2211// DescribeEventTopics API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2212// 2213// Obtains information about which SNS topics receive status messages from the 2214// specified directory. 2215// 2216// If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TopicName, this 2217// request describes all of the associations in the account. 2218// 2219// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2220// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2221// the error. 2222// 2223// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2224// API operation DescribeEventTopics for usage and error information. 2225// 2226// Returned Error Codes: 2227// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2228// The specified entity could not be found. 2229// 2230// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2231// One or more parameters are not valid. 2232// 2233// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2234// A client exception has occurred. 2235// 2236// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2237// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2238// 2239// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeEventTopics 2240func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopics(input *DescribeEventTopicsInput) (*DescribeEventTopicsOutput, error) { 2241 req, out := c.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input) 2242 return out, req.Send() 2243} 2244 2245// DescribeEventTopicsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventTopics with the addition of 2246// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2247// 2248// See DescribeEventTopics for details on how to use this API operation. 2249// 2250// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2251// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2252// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2253// for more information on using Contexts. 2254func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopicsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventTopicsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventTopicsOutput, error) { 2255 req, out := c.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input) 2256 req.SetContext(ctx) 2257 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2258 return out, req.Send() 2259} 2260 2261const opDescribeSharedDirectories = "DescribeSharedDirectories" 2262 2263// DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2264// client's request for the DescribeSharedDirectories operation. The "output" return 2265// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2266// successfully. 2267// 2268// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2269// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2270// 2271// See DescribeSharedDirectories for more information on using the DescribeSharedDirectories 2272// API call, and error handling. 2273// 2274// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2275// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2276// 2277// 2278// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest method. 2279// req, resp := client.DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(params) 2280// 2281// err := req.Send() 2282// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2283// fmt.Println(resp) 2284// } 2285// 2286// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSharedDirectories 2287func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) { 2288 op := &request.Operation{ 2289 Name: opDescribeSharedDirectories, 2290 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2291 HTTPPath: "/", 2292 } 2293 2294 if input == nil { 2295 input = &DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput{} 2296 } 2297 2298 output = &DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput{} 2299 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2300 return 2301} 2302 2303// DescribeSharedDirectories API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2304// 2305// Returns the shared directories in your account. 2306// 2307// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2308// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2309// the error. 2310// 2311// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2312// API operation DescribeSharedDirectories for usage and error information. 2313// 2314// Returned Error Codes: 2315// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2316// The specified entity could not be found. 2317// 2318// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2319// The NextToken value is not valid. 2320// 2321// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2322// One or more parameters are not valid. 2323// 2324// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2325// The operation is not supported. 2326// 2327// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2328// A client exception has occurred. 2329// 2330// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2331// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2332// 2333// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSharedDirectories 2334func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectories(input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) (*DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, error) { 2335 req, out := c.DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(input) 2336 return out, req.Send() 2337} 2338 2339// DescribeSharedDirectoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeSharedDirectories with the addition of 2340// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2341// 2342// See DescribeSharedDirectories for details on how to use this API operation. 2343// 2344// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2345// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2346// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2347// for more information on using Contexts. 2348func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, error) { 2349 req, out := c.DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(input) 2350 req.SetContext(ctx) 2351 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2352 return out, req.Send() 2353} 2354 2355const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots" 2356 2357// DescribeSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2358// client's request for the DescribeSnapshots operation. The "output" return 2359// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2360// successfully. 2361// 2362// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2363// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2364// 2365// See DescribeSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeSnapshots 2366// API call, and error handling. 2367// 2368// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2369// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2370// 2371// 2372// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotsRequest method. 2373// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(params) 2374// 2375// err := req.Send() 2376// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2377// fmt.Println(resp) 2378// } 2379// 2380// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSnapshots 2381func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) { 2382 op := &request.Operation{ 2383 Name: opDescribeSnapshots, 2384 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2385 HTTPPath: "/", 2386 } 2387 2388 if input == nil { 2389 input = &DescribeSnapshotsInput{} 2390 } 2391 2392 output = &DescribeSnapshotsOutput{} 2393 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2394 return 2395} 2396 2397// DescribeSnapshots API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2398// 2399// Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account. 2400// 2401// This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request 2402// and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeSnapshots.NextToken 2403// member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeSnapshots 2404// to retrieve the next set of items. 2405// 2406// You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter. 2407// 2408// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2409// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2410// the error. 2411// 2412// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2413// API operation DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. 2414// 2415// Returned Error Codes: 2416// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2417// The specified entity could not be found. 2418// 2419// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2420// One or more parameters are not valid. 2421// 2422// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2423// The NextToken value is not valid. 2424// 2425// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2426// A client exception has occurred. 2427// 2428// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2429// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2430// 2431// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSnapshots 2432func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshots(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2433 req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input) 2434 return out, req.Send() 2435} 2436 2437// DescribeSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeSnapshots with the addition of 2438// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2439// 2440// See DescribeSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 2441// 2442// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2443// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2444// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2445// for more information on using Contexts. 2446func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2447 req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input) 2448 req.SetContext(ctx) 2449 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2450 return out, req.Send() 2451} 2452 2453const opDescribeTrusts = "DescribeTrusts" 2454 2455// DescribeTrustsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2456// client's request for the DescribeTrusts operation. The "output" return 2457// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2458// successfully. 2459// 2460// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2461// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2462// 2463// See DescribeTrusts for more information on using the DescribeTrusts 2464// API call, and error handling. 2465// 2466// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2467// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2468// 2469// 2470// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTrustsRequest method. 2471// req, resp := client.DescribeTrustsRequest(params) 2472// 2473// err := req.Send() 2474// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2475// fmt.Println(resp) 2476// } 2477// 2478// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeTrusts 2479func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsRequest(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTrustsOutput) { 2480 op := &request.Operation{ 2481 Name: opDescribeTrusts, 2482 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2483 HTTPPath: "/", 2484 } 2485 2486 if input == nil { 2487 input = &DescribeTrustsInput{} 2488 } 2489 2490 output = &DescribeTrustsOutput{} 2491 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2492 return 2493} 2494 2495// DescribeTrusts API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2496// 2497// Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account. 2498// 2499// If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TrustIds, this 2500// request describes all the trust relationships belonging to the account. 2501// 2502// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2503// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2504// the error. 2505// 2506// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2507// API operation DescribeTrusts for usage and error information. 2508// 2509// Returned Error Codes: 2510// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2511// The specified entity could not be found. 2512// 2513// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2514// The NextToken value is not valid. 2515// 2516// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2517// One or more parameters are not valid. 2518// 2519// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2520// A client exception has occurred. 2521// 2522// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2523// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2524// 2525// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2526// The operation is not supported. 2527// 2528// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeTrusts 2529func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrusts(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { 2530 req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) 2531 return out, req.Send() 2532} 2533 2534// DescribeTrustsWithContext is the same as DescribeTrusts with the addition of 2535// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2536// 2537// See DescribeTrusts for details on how to use this API operation. 2538// 2539// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2540// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2541// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2542// for more information on using Contexts. 2543func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTrustsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { 2544 req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) 2545 req.SetContext(ctx) 2546 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2547 return out, req.Send() 2548} 2549 2550const opDisableRadius = "DisableRadius" 2551 2552// DisableRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2553// client's request for the DisableRadius operation. The "output" return 2554// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2555// successfully. 2556// 2557// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2558// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2559// 2560// See DisableRadius for more information on using the DisableRadius 2561// API call, and error handling. 2562// 2563// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2564// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2565// 2566// 2567// // Example sending a request using the DisableRadiusRequest method. 2568// req, resp := client.DisableRadiusRequest(params) 2569// 2570// err := req.Send() 2571// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2572// fmt.Println(resp) 2573// } 2574// 2575// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableRadius 2576func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadiusRequest(input *DisableRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableRadiusOutput) { 2577 op := &request.Operation{ 2578 Name: opDisableRadius, 2579 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2580 HTTPPath: "/", 2581 } 2582 2583 if input == nil { 2584 input = &DisableRadiusInput{} 2585 } 2586 2587 output = &DisableRadiusOutput{} 2588 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2589 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2590 return 2591} 2592 2593// DisableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2594// 2595// Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication 2596// Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD 2597// directory. 2598// 2599// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2600// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2601// the error. 2602// 2603// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2604// API operation DisableRadius for usage and error information. 2605// 2606// Returned Error Codes: 2607// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2608// The specified entity could not be found. 2609// 2610// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2611// A client exception has occurred. 2612// 2613// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2614// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2615// 2616// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableRadius 2617func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadius(input *DisableRadiusInput) (*DisableRadiusOutput, error) { 2618 req, out := c.DisableRadiusRequest(input) 2619 return out, req.Send() 2620} 2621 2622// DisableRadiusWithContext is the same as DisableRadius with the addition of 2623// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2624// 2625// See DisableRadius for details on how to use this API operation. 2626// 2627// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2628// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2629// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2630// for more information on using Contexts. 2631func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadiusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableRadiusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableRadiusOutput, error) { 2632 req, out := c.DisableRadiusRequest(input) 2633 req.SetContext(ctx) 2634 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2635 return out, req.Send() 2636} 2637 2638const opDisableSso = "DisableSso" 2639 2640// DisableSsoRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2641// client's request for the DisableSso operation. The "output" return 2642// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2643// successfully. 2644// 2645// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2646// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2647// 2648// See DisableSso for more information on using the DisableSso 2649// API call, and error handling. 2650// 2651// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2652// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2653// 2654// 2655// // Example sending a request using the DisableSsoRequest method. 2656// req, resp := client.DisableSsoRequest(params) 2657// 2658// err := req.Send() 2659// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2660// fmt.Println(resp) 2661// } 2662// 2663// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableSso 2664func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSsoRequest(input *DisableSsoInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableSsoOutput) { 2665 op := &request.Operation{ 2666 Name: opDisableSso, 2667 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2668 HTTPPath: "/", 2669 } 2670 2671 if input == nil { 2672 input = &DisableSsoInput{} 2673 } 2674 2675 output = &DisableSsoOutput{} 2676 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2677 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2678 return 2679} 2680 2681// DisableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2682// 2683// Disables single-sign on for a directory. 2684// 2685// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2686// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2687// the error. 2688// 2689// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2690// API operation DisableSso for usage and error information. 2691// 2692// Returned Error Codes: 2693// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2694// The specified entity could not be found. 2695// 2696// * ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException "InsufficientPermissionsException" 2697// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. 2698// 2699// * ErrCodeAuthenticationFailedException "AuthenticationFailedException" 2700// An authentication error occurred. 2701// 2702// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2703// A client exception has occurred. 2704// 2705// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2706// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2707// 2708// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableSso 2709func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSso(input *DisableSsoInput) (*DisableSsoOutput, error) { 2710 req, out := c.DisableSsoRequest(input) 2711 return out, req.Send() 2712} 2713 2714// DisableSsoWithContext is the same as DisableSso with the addition of 2715// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2716// 2717// See DisableSso for details on how to use this API operation. 2718// 2719// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2720// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2721// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2722// for more information on using Contexts. 2723func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSsoWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableSsoInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableSsoOutput, error) { 2724 req, out := c.DisableSsoRequest(input) 2725 req.SetContext(ctx) 2726 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2727 return out, req.Send() 2728} 2729 2730const opEnableRadius = "EnableRadius" 2731 2732// EnableRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2733// client's request for the EnableRadius operation. The "output" return 2734// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2735// successfully. 2736// 2737// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2738// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2739// 2740// See EnableRadius for more information on using the EnableRadius 2741// API call, and error handling. 2742// 2743// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2744// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2745// 2746// 2747// // Example sending a request using the EnableRadiusRequest method. 2748// req, resp := client.EnableRadiusRequest(params) 2749// 2750// err := req.Send() 2751// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2752// fmt.Println(resp) 2753// } 2754// 2755// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableRadius 2756func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadiusRequest(input *EnableRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableRadiusOutput) { 2757 op := &request.Operation{ 2758 Name: opEnableRadius, 2759 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2760 HTTPPath: "/", 2761 } 2762 2763 if input == nil { 2764 input = &EnableRadiusInput{} 2765 } 2766 2767 output = &EnableRadiusOutput{} 2768 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2769 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2770 return 2771} 2772 2773// EnableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2774// 2775// Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication 2776// Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD 2777// directory. 2778// 2779// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2780// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2781// the error. 2782// 2783// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2784// API operation EnableRadius for usage and error information. 2785// 2786// Returned Error Codes: 2787// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2788// One or more parameters are not valid. 2789// 2790// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 2791// The specified entity already exists. 2792// 2793// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2794// The specified entity could not be found. 2795// 2796// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2797// A client exception has occurred. 2798// 2799// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2800// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2801// 2802// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableRadius 2803func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadius(input *EnableRadiusInput) (*EnableRadiusOutput, error) { 2804 req, out := c.EnableRadiusRequest(input) 2805 return out, req.Send() 2806} 2807 2808// EnableRadiusWithContext is the same as EnableRadius with the addition of 2809// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2810// 2811// See EnableRadius for details on how to use this API operation. 2812// 2813// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2814// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2815// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2816// for more information on using Contexts. 2817func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadiusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableRadiusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableRadiusOutput, error) { 2818 req, out := c.EnableRadiusRequest(input) 2819 req.SetContext(ctx) 2820 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2821 return out, req.Send() 2822} 2823 2824const opEnableSso = "EnableSso" 2825 2826// EnableSsoRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2827// client's request for the EnableSso operation. The "output" return 2828// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2829// successfully. 2830// 2831// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2832// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2833// 2834// See EnableSso for more information on using the EnableSso 2835// API call, and error handling. 2836// 2837// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2838// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2839// 2840// 2841// // Example sending a request using the EnableSsoRequest method. 2842// req, resp := client.EnableSsoRequest(params) 2843// 2844// err := req.Send() 2845// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2846// fmt.Println(resp) 2847// } 2848// 2849// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableSso 2850func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSsoRequest(input *EnableSsoInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableSsoOutput) { 2851 op := &request.Operation{ 2852 Name: opEnableSso, 2853 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2854 HTTPPath: "/", 2855 } 2856 2857 if input == nil { 2858 input = &EnableSsoInput{} 2859 } 2860 2861 output = &EnableSsoOutput{} 2862 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2863 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2864 return 2865} 2866 2867// EnableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2868// 2869// Enables single sign-on for a directory. 2870// 2871// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2872// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2873// the error. 2874// 2875// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2876// API operation EnableSso for usage and error information. 2877// 2878// Returned Error Codes: 2879// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2880// The specified entity could not be found. 2881// 2882// * ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException "InsufficientPermissionsException" 2883// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. 2884// 2885// * ErrCodeAuthenticationFailedException "AuthenticationFailedException" 2886// An authentication error occurred. 2887// 2888// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2889// A client exception has occurred. 2890// 2891// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2892// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2893// 2894// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableSso 2895func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSso(input *EnableSsoInput) (*EnableSsoOutput, error) { 2896 req, out := c.EnableSsoRequest(input) 2897 return out, req.Send() 2898} 2899 2900// EnableSsoWithContext is the same as EnableSso with the addition of 2901// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2902// 2903// See EnableSso for details on how to use this API operation. 2904// 2905// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2906// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2907// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2908// for more information on using Contexts. 2909func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSsoWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableSsoInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableSsoOutput, error) { 2910 req, out := c.EnableSsoRequest(input) 2911 req.SetContext(ctx) 2912 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2913 return out, req.Send() 2914} 2915 2916const opGetDirectoryLimits = "GetDirectoryLimits" 2917 2918// GetDirectoryLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2919// client's request for the GetDirectoryLimits operation. The "output" return 2920// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2921// successfully. 2922// 2923// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2924// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2925// 2926// See GetDirectoryLimits for more information on using the GetDirectoryLimits 2927// API call, and error handling. 2928// 2929// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2930// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2931// 2932// 2933// // Example sending a request using the GetDirectoryLimitsRequest method. 2934// req, resp := client.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(params) 2935// 2936// err := req.Send() 2937// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2938// fmt.Println(resp) 2939// } 2940// 2941// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetDirectoryLimits 2942func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) { 2943 op := &request.Operation{ 2944 Name: opGetDirectoryLimits, 2945 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2946 HTTPPath: "/", 2947 } 2948 2949 if input == nil { 2950 input = &GetDirectoryLimitsInput{} 2951 } 2952 2953 output = &GetDirectoryLimitsOutput{} 2954 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2955 return 2956} 2957 2958// GetDirectoryLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2959// 2960// Obtains directory limit information for the current region. 2961// 2962// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2963// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2964// the error. 2965// 2966// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2967// API operation GetDirectoryLimits for usage and error information. 2968// 2969// Returned Error Codes: 2970// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2971// The specified entity could not be found. 2972// 2973// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2974// A client exception has occurred. 2975// 2976// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2977// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2978// 2979// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetDirectoryLimits 2980func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimits(input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput) (*GetDirectoryLimitsOutput, error) { 2981 req, out := c.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input) 2982 return out, req.Send() 2983} 2984 2985// GetDirectoryLimitsWithContext is the same as GetDirectoryLimits with the addition of 2986// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2987// 2988// See GetDirectoryLimits for details on how to use this API operation. 2989// 2990// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2991// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2992// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2993// for more information on using Contexts. 2994func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimitsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDirectoryLimitsOutput, error) { 2995 req, out := c.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input) 2996 req.SetContext(ctx) 2997 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2998 return out, req.Send() 2999} 3000 3001const opGetSnapshotLimits = "GetSnapshotLimits" 3002 3003// GetSnapshotLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3004// client's request for the GetSnapshotLimits operation. The "output" return 3005// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3006// successfully. 3007// 3008// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3009// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3010// 3011// See GetSnapshotLimits for more information on using the GetSnapshotLimits 3012// API call, and error handling. 3013// 3014// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3015// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3016// 3017// 3018// // Example sending a request using the GetSnapshotLimitsRequest method. 3019// req, resp := client.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(params) 3020// 3021// err := req.Send() 3022// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3023// fmt.Println(resp) 3024// } 3025// 3026// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetSnapshotLimits 3027func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) { 3028 op := &request.Operation{ 3029 Name: opGetSnapshotLimits, 3030 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3031 HTTPPath: "/", 3032 } 3033 3034 if input == nil { 3035 input = &GetSnapshotLimitsInput{} 3036 } 3037 3038 output = &GetSnapshotLimitsOutput{} 3039 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3040 return 3041} 3042 3043// GetSnapshotLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3044// 3045// Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory. 3046// 3047// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3048// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3049// the error. 3050// 3051// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3052// API operation GetSnapshotLimits for usage and error information. 3053// 3054// Returned Error Codes: 3055// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3056// The specified entity could not be found. 3057// 3058// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3059// A client exception has occurred. 3060// 3061// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3062// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3063// 3064// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetSnapshotLimits 3065func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimits(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) (*GetSnapshotLimitsOutput, error) { 3066 req, out := c.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input) 3067 return out, req.Send() 3068} 3069 3070// GetSnapshotLimitsWithContext is the same as GetSnapshotLimits with the addition of 3071// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3072// 3073// See GetSnapshotLimits for details on how to use this API operation. 3074// 3075// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3076// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3077// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3078// for more information on using Contexts. 3079func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimitsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSnapshotLimitsOutput, error) { 3080 req, out := c.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input) 3081 req.SetContext(ctx) 3082 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3083 return out, req.Send() 3084} 3085 3086const opListIpRoutes = "ListIpRoutes" 3087 3088// ListIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3089// client's request for the ListIpRoutes operation. The "output" return 3090// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3091// successfully. 3092// 3093// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3094// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3095// 3096// See ListIpRoutes for more information on using the ListIpRoutes 3097// API call, and error handling. 3098// 3099// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3100// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3101// 3102// 3103// // Example sending a request using the ListIpRoutesRequest method. 3104// req, resp := client.ListIpRoutesRequest(params) 3105// 3106// err := req.Send() 3107// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3108// fmt.Println(resp) 3109// } 3110// 3111// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListIpRoutes 3112func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesRequest(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListIpRoutesOutput) { 3113 op := &request.Operation{ 3114 Name: opListIpRoutes, 3115 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3116 HTTPPath: "/", 3117 } 3118 3119 if input == nil { 3120 input = &ListIpRoutesInput{} 3121 } 3122 3123 output = &ListIpRoutesOutput{} 3124 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3125 return 3126} 3127 3128// ListIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3129// 3130// Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory. 3131// 3132// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3133// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3134// the error. 3135// 3136// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3137// API operation ListIpRoutes for usage and error information. 3138// 3139// Returned Error Codes: 3140// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3141// The specified entity could not be found. 3142// 3143// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3144// The NextToken value is not valid. 3145// 3146// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3147// One or more parameters are not valid. 3148// 3149// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3150// A client exception has occurred. 3151// 3152// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3153// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3154// 3155// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListIpRoutes 3156func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutes(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (*ListIpRoutesOutput, error) { 3157 req, out := c.ListIpRoutesRequest(input) 3158 return out, req.Send() 3159} 3160 3161// ListIpRoutesWithContext is the same as ListIpRoutes with the addition of 3162// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3163// 3164// See ListIpRoutes for details on how to use this API operation. 3165// 3166// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3167// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3168// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3169// for more information on using Contexts. 3170func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIpRoutesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListIpRoutesOutput, error) { 3171 req, out := c.ListIpRoutesRequest(input) 3172 req.SetContext(ctx) 3173 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3174 return out, req.Send() 3175} 3176 3177const opListLogSubscriptions = "ListLogSubscriptions" 3178 3179// ListLogSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3180// client's request for the ListLogSubscriptions operation. The "output" return 3181// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3182// successfully. 3183// 3184// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3185// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3186// 3187// See ListLogSubscriptions for more information on using the ListLogSubscriptions 3188// API call, and error handling. 3189// 3190// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3191// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3192// 3193// 3194// // Example sending a request using the ListLogSubscriptionsRequest method. 3195// req, resp := client.ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(params) 3196// 3197// err := req.Send() 3198// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3199// fmt.Println(resp) 3200// } 3201// 3202// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListLogSubscriptions 3203func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) { 3204 op := &request.Operation{ 3205 Name: opListLogSubscriptions, 3206 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3207 HTTPPath: "/", 3208 } 3209 3210 if input == nil { 3211 input = &ListLogSubscriptionsInput{} 3212 } 3213 3214 output = &ListLogSubscriptionsOutput{} 3215 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3216 return 3217} 3218 3219// ListLogSubscriptions API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3220// 3221// Lists the active log subscriptions for the AWS account. 3222// 3223// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3224// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3225// the error. 3226// 3227// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3228// API operation ListLogSubscriptions for usage and error information. 3229// 3230// Returned Error Codes: 3231// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3232// The specified entity could not be found. 3233// 3234// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3235// The NextToken value is not valid. 3236// 3237// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3238// A client exception has occurred. 3239// 3240// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3241// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3242// 3243// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListLogSubscriptions 3244func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptions(input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) (*ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3245 req, out := c.ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3246 return out, req.Send() 3247} 3248 3249// ListLogSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as ListLogSubscriptions with the addition of 3250// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3251// 3252// See ListLogSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation. 3253// 3254// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3255// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3256// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3257// for more information on using Contexts. 3258func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3259 req, out := c.ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3260 req.SetContext(ctx) 3261 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3262 return out, req.Send() 3263} 3264 3265const opListSchemaExtensions = "ListSchemaExtensions" 3266 3267// ListSchemaExtensionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3268// client's request for the ListSchemaExtensions operation. The "output" return 3269// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3270// successfully. 3271// 3272// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3273// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3274// 3275// See ListSchemaExtensions for more information on using the ListSchemaExtensions 3276// API call, and error handling. 3277// 3278// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3279// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3280// 3281// 3282// // Example sending a request using the ListSchemaExtensionsRequest method. 3283// req, resp := client.ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(params) 3284// 3285// err := req.Send() 3286// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3287// fmt.Println(resp) 3288// } 3289// 3290// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListSchemaExtensions 3291func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) { 3292 op := &request.Operation{ 3293 Name: opListSchemaExtensions, 3294 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3295 HTTPPath: "/", 3296 } 3297 3298 if input == nil { 3299 input = &ListSchemaExtensionsInput{} 3300 } 3301 3302 output = &ListSchemaExtensionsOutput{} 3303 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3304 return 3305} 3306 3307// ListSchemaExtensions API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3308// 3309// Lists all schema extensions applied to a Microsoft AD Directory. 3310// 3311// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3312// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3313// the error. 3314// 3315// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3316// API operation ListSchemaExtensions for usage and error information. 3317// 3318// Returned Error Codes: 3319// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3320// The NextToken value is not valid. 3321// 3322// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3323// The specified entity could not be found. 3324// 3325// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3326// A client exception has occurred. 3327// 3328// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3329// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3330// 3331// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListSchemaExtensions 3332func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensions(input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) (*ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, error) { 3333 req, out := c.ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(input) 3334 return out, req.Send() 3335} 3336 3337// ListSchemaExtensionsWithContext is the same as ListSchemaExtensions with the addition of 3338// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3339// 3340// See ListSchemaExtensions for details on how to use this API operation. 3341// 3342// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3343// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3344// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3345// for more information on using Contexts. 3346func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, error) { 3347 req, out := c.ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(input) 3348 req.SetContext(ctx) 3349 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3350 return out, req.Send() 3351} 3352 3353const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 3354 3355// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3356// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 3357// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3358// successfully. 3359// 3360// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3361// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3362// 3363// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 3364// API call, and error handling. 3365// 3366// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3367// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3368// 3369// 3370// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 3371// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 3372// 3373// err := req.Send() 3374// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3375// fmt.Println(resp) 3376// } 3377// 3378// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListTagsForResource 3379func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 3380 op := &request.Operation{ 3381 Name: opListTagsForResource, 3382 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3383 HTTPPath: "/", 3384 } 3385 3386 if input == nil { 3387 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 3388 } 3389 3390 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 3391 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3392 return 3393} 3394 3395// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3396// 3397// Lists all tags on a directory. 3398// 3399// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3400// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3401// the error. 3402// 3403// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3404// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 3405// 3406// Returned Error Codes: 3407// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3408// The specified entity could not be found. 3409// 3410// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3411// The NextToken value is not valid. 3412// 3413// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3414// One or more parameters are not valid. 3415// 3416// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3417// A client exception has occurred. 3418// 3419// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3420// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3421// 3422// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListTagsForResource 3423func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 3424 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 3425 return out, req.Send() 3426} 3427 3428// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 3429// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3430// 3431// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 3432// 3433// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3434// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3435// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3436// for more information on using Contexts. 3437func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 3438 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 3439 req.SetContext(ctx) 3440 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3441 return out, req.Send() 3442} 3443 3444const opRegisterEventTopic = "RegisterEventTopic" 3445 3446// RegisterEventTopicRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3447// client's request for the RegisterEventTopic operation. The "output" return 3448// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3449// successfully. 3450// 3451// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3452// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3453// 3454// See RegisterEventTopic for more information on using the RegisterEventTopic 3455// API call, and error handling. 3456// 3457// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3458// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3459// 3460// 3461// // Example sending a request using the RegisterEventTopicRequest method. 3462// req, resp := client.RegisterEventTopicRequest(params) 3463// 3464// err := req.Send() 3465// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3466// fmt.Println(resp) 3467// } 3468// 3469// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RegisterEventTopic 3470func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopicRequest(input *RegisterEventTopicInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterEventTopicOutput) { 3471 op := &request.Operation{ 3472 Name: opRegisterEventTopic, 3473 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3474 HTTPPath: "/", 3475 } 3476 3477 if input == nil { 3478 input = &RegisterEventTopicInput{} 3479 } 3480 3481 output = &RegisterEventTopicOutput{} 3482 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3483 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3484 return 3485} 3486 3487// RegisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3488// 3489// Associates a directory with an SNS topic. This establishes the directory 3490// as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. You can then receive email or 3491// text (SMS) messages when the status of your directory changes. You get notified 3492// if your directory goes from an Active status to an Impaired or Inoperable 3493// status. You also receive a notification when the directory returns to an 3494// Active status. 3495// 3496// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3497// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3498// the error. 3499// 3500// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3501// API operation RegisterEventTopic for usage and error information. 3502// 3503// Returned Error Codes: 3504// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3505// The specified entity could not be found. 3506// 3507// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3508// One or more parameters are not valid. 3509// 3510// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3511// A client exception has occurred. 3512// 3513// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3514// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3515// 3516// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RegisterEventTopic 3517func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopic(input *RegisterEventTopicInput) (*RegisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 3518 req, out := c.RegisterEventTopicRequest(input) 3519 return out, req.Send() 3520} 3521 3522// RegisterEventTopicWithContext is the same as RegisterEventTopic with the addition of 3523// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3524// 3525// See RegisterEventTopic for details on how to use this API operation. 3526// 3527// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3528// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3529// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3530// for more information on using Contexts. 3531func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopicWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterEventTopicInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 3532 req, out := c.RegisterEventTopicRequest(input) 3533 req.SetContext(ctx) 3534 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3535 return out, req.Send() 3536} 3537 3538const opRejectSharedDirectory = "RejectSharedDirectory" 3539 3540// RejectSharedDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3541// client's request for the RejectSharedDirectory operation. The "output" return 3542// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3543// successfully. 3544// 3545// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3546// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3547// 3548// See RejectSharedDirectory for more information on using the RejectSharedDirectory 3549// API call, and error handling. 3550// 3551// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3552// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3553// 3554// 3555// // Example sending a request using the RejectSharedDirectoryRequest method. 3556// req, resp := client.RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(params) 3557// 3558// err := req.Send() 3559// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3560// fmt.Println(resp) 3561// } 3562// 3563// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RejectSharedDirectory 3564func (c *DirectoryService) RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(input *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) { 3565 op := &request.Operation{ 3566 Name: opRejectSharedDirectory, 3567 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3568 HTTPPath: "/", 3569 } 3570 3571 if input == nil { 3572 input = &RejectSharedDirectoryInput{} 3573 } 3574 3575 output = &RejectSharedDirectoryOutput{} 3576 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3577 return 3578} 3579 3580// RejectSharedDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3581// 3582// Rejects a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner 3583// account. 3584// 3585// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3586// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3587// the error. 3588// 3589// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3590// API operation RejectSharedDirectory for usage and error information. 3591// 3592// Returned Error Codes: 3593// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3594// One or more parameters are not valid. 3595// 3596// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3597// The specified entity could not be found. 3598// 3599// * ErrCodeDirectoryAlreadySharedException "DirectoryAlreadySharedException" 3600// The specified directory has already been shared with this AWS account. 3601// 3602// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3603// A client exception has occurred. 3604// 3605// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3606// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3607// 3608// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RejectSharedDirectory 3609func (c *DirectoryService) RejectSharedDirectory(input *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) (*RejectSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 3610 req, out := c.RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 3611 return out, req.Send() 3612} 3613 3614// RejectSharedDirectoryWithContext is the same as RejectSharedDirectory with the addition of 3615// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3616// 3617// See RejectSharedDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 3618// 3619// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3620// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3621// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3622// for more information on using Contexts. 3623func (c *DirectoryService) RejectSharedDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectSharedDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 3624 req, out := c.RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 3625 req.SetContext(ctx) 3626 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3627 return out, req.Send() 3628} 3629 3630const opRemoveIpRoutes = "RemoveIpRoutes" 3631 3632// RemoveIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3633// client's request for the RemoveIpRoutes operation. The "output" return 3634// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3635// successfully. 3636// 3637// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3638// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3639// 3640// See RemoveIpRoutes for more information on using the RemoveIpRoutes 3641// API call, and error handling. 3642// 3643// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3644// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3645// 3646// 3647// // Example sending a request using the RemoveIpRoutesRequest method. 3648// req, resp := client.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(params) 3649// 3650// err := req.Send() 3651// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3652// fmt.Println(resp) 3653// } 3654// 3655// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveIpRoutes 3656func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveIpRoutesOutput) { 3657 op := &request.Operation{ 3658 Name: opRemoveIpRoutes, 3659 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3660 HTTPPath: "/", 3661 } 3662 3663 if input == nil { 3664 input = &RemoveIpRoutesInput{} 3665 } 3666 3667 output = &RemoveIpRoutesOutput{} 3668 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3669 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3670 return 3671} 3672 3673// RemoveIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3674// 3675// Removes IP address blocks from a directory. 3676// 3677// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3678// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3679// the error. 3680// 3681// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3682// API operation RemoveIpRoutes for usage and error information. 3683// 3684// Returned Error Codes: 3685// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3686// The specified entity could not be found. 3687// 3688// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3689// One or more parameters are not valid. 3690// 3691// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 3692// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 3693// 3694// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3695// A client exception has occurred. 3696// 3697// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3698// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3699// 3700// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveIpRoutes 3701func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutes(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (*RemoveIpRoutesOutput, error) { 3702 req, out := c.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input) 3703 return out, req.Send() 3704} 3705 3706// RemoveIpRoutesWithContext is the same as RemoveIpRoutes with the addition of 3707// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3708// 3709// See RemoveIpRoutes for details on how to use this API operation. 3710// 3711// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3712// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3713// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3714// for more information on using Contexts. 3715func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveIpRoutesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveIpRoutesOutput, error) { 3716 req, out := c.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input) 3717 req.SetContext(ctx) 3718 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3719 return out, req.Send() 3720} 3721 3722const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" 3723 3724// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3725// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return 3726// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3727// successfully. 3728// 3729// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3730// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3731// 3732// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource 3733// API call, and error handling. 3734// 3735// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3736// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3737// 3738// 3739// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. 3740// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) 3741// 3742// err := req.Send() 3743// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3744// fmt.Println(resp) 3745// } 3746// 3747// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveTagsFromResource 3748func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { 3749 op := &request.Operation{ 3750 Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, 3751 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3752 HTTPPath: "/", 3753 } 3754 3755 if input == nil { 3756 input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} 3757 } 3758 3759 output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} 3760 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3761 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3762 return 3763} 3764 3765// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3766// 3767// Removes tags from a directory. 3768// 3769// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3770// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3771// the error. 3772// 3773// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3774// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. 3775// 3776// Returned Error Codes: 3777// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3778// The specified entity could not be found. 3779// 3780// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3781// One or more parameters are not valid. 3782// 3783// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3784// A client exception has occurred. 3785// 3786// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3787// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3788// 3789// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveTagsFromResource 3790func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 3791 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 3792 return out, req.Send() 3793} 3794 3795// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of 3796// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3797// 3798// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation. 3799// 3800// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3801// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3802// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3803// for more information on using Contexts. 3804func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 3805 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 3806 req.SetContext(ctx) 3807 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3808 return out, req.Send() 3809} 3810 3811const opResetUserPassword = "ResetUserPassword" 3812 3813// ResetUserPasswordRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3814// client's request for the ResetUserPassword operation. The "output" return 3815// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3816// successfully. 3817// 3818// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3819// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3820// 3821// See ResetUserPassword for more information on using the ResetUserPassword 3822// API call, and error handling. 3823// 3824// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3825// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3826// 3827// 3828// // Example sending a request using the ResetUserPasswordRequest method. 3829// req, resp := client.ResetUserPasswordRequest(params) 3830// 3831// err := req.Send() 3832// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3833// fmt.Println(resp) 3834// } 3835// 3836// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ResetUserPassword 3837func (c *DirectoryService) ResetUserPasswordRequest(input *ResetUserPasswordInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetUserPasswordOutput) { 3838 op := &request.Operation{ 3839 Name: opResetUserPassword, 3840 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3841 HTTPPath: "/", 3842 } 3843 3844 if input == nil { 3845 input = &ResetUserPasswordInput{} 3846 } 3847 3848 output = &ResetUserPasswordOutput{} 3849 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3850 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3851 return 3852} 3853 3854// ResetUserPassword API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3855// 3856// Resets the password for any user in your AWS Managed Microsoft AD or Simple 3857// AD directory. 3858// 3859// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3860// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3861// the error. 3862// 3863// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3864// API operation ResetUserPassword for usage and error information. 3865// 3866// Returned Error Codes: 3867// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 3868// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 3869// 3870// * ErrCodeUserDoesNotExistException "UserDoesNotExistException" 3871// The user provided a username that does not exist in your directory. 3872// 3873// * ErrCodeInvalidPasswordException "InvalidPasswordException" 3874// The new password provided by the user does not meet the password complexity 3875// requirements defined in your directory. 3876// 3877// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 3878// The operation is not supported. 3879// 3880// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3881// The specified entity could not be found. 3882// 3883// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3884// A client exception has occurred. 3885// 3886// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3887// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3888// 3889// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ResetUserPassword 3890func (c *DirectoryService) ResetUserPassword(input *ResetUserPasswordInput) (*ResetUserPasswordOutput, error) { 3891 req, out := c.ResetUserPasswordRequest(input) 3892 return out, req.Send() 3893} 3894 3895// ResetUserPasswordWithContext is the same as ResetUserPassword with the addition of 3896// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3897// 3898// See ResetUserPassword for details on how to use this API operation. 3899// 3900// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3901// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3902// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3903// for more information on using Contexts. 3904func (c *DirectoryService) ResetUserPasswordWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetUserPasswordInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetUserPasswordOutput, error) { 3905 req, out := c.ResetUserPasswordRequest(input) 3906 req.SetContext(ctx) 3907 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3908 return out, req.Send() 3909} 3910 3911const opRestoreFromSnapshot = "RestoreFromSnapshot" 3912 3913// RestoreFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3914// client's request for the RestoreFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return 3915// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3916// successfully. 3917// 3918// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3919// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3920// 3921// See RestoreFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreFromSnapshot 3922// API call, and error handling. 3923// 3924// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3925// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3926// 3927// 3928// // Example sending a request using the RestoreFromSnapshotRequest method. 3929// req, resp := client.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(params) 3930// 3931// err := req.Send() 3932// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3933// fmt.Println(resp) 3934// } 3935// 3936// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RestoreFromSnapshot 3937func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) { 3938 op := &request.Operation{ 3939 Name: opRestoreFromSnapshot, 3940 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3941 HTTPPath: "/", 3942 } 3943 3944 if input == nil { 3945 input = &RestoreFromSnapshotInput{} 3946 } 3947 3948 output = &RestoreFromSnapshotOutput{} 3949 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3950 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3951 return 3952} 3953 3954// RestoreFromSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3955// 3956// Restores a directory using an existing directory snapshot. 3957// 3958// When you restore a directory from a snapshot, any changes made to the directory 3959// after the snapshot date are overwritten. 3960// 3961// This action returns as soon as the restore operation is initiated. You can 3962// monitor the progress of the restore operation by calling the DescribeDirectories 3963// operation with the directory identifier. When the DirectoryDescription.Stage 3964// value changes to Active, the restore operation is complete. 3965// 3966// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3967// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3968// the error. 3969// 3970// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3971// API operation RestoreFromSnapshot for usage and error information. 3972// 3973// Returned Error Codes: 3974// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3975// The specified entity could not be found. 3976// 3977// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3978// One or more parameters are not valid. 3979// 3980// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3981// A client exception has occurred. 3982// 3983// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3984// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3985// 3986// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RestoreFromSnapshot 3987func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshot(input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 3988 req, out := c.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input) 3989 return out, req.Send() 3990} 3991 3992// RestoreFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreFromSnapshot with the addition of 3993// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3994// 3995// See RestoreFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 3996// 3997// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3998// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3999// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4000// for more information on using Contexts. 4001func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 4002 req, out := c.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input) 4003 req.SetContext(ctx) 4004 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4005 return out, req.Send() 4006} 4007 4008const opShareDirectory = "ShareDirectory" 4009 4010// ShareDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4011// client's request for the ShareDirectory operation. The "output" return 4012// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4013// successfully. 4014// 4015// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4016// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4017// 4018// See ShareDirectory for more information on using the ShareDirectory 4019// API call, and error handling. 4020// 4021// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4022// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4023// 4024// 4025// // Example sending a request using the ShareDirectoryRequest method. 4026// req, resp := client.ShareDirectoryRequest(params) 4027// 4028// err := req.Send() 4029// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4030// fmt.Println(resp) 4031// } 4032// 4033// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ShareDirectory 4034func (c *DirectoryService) ShareDirectoryRequest(input *ShareDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *ShareDirectoryOutput) { 4035 op := &request.Operation{ 4036 Name: opShareDirectory, 4037 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4038 HTTPPath: "/", 4039 } 4040 4041 if input == nil { 4042 input = &ShareDirectoryInput{} 4043 } 4044 4045 output = &ShareDirectoryOutput{} 4046 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4047 return 4048} 4049 4050// ShareDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4051// 4052// Shares a specified directory (DirectoryId) in your AWS account (directory 4053// owner) with another AWS account (directory consumer). With this operation 4054// you can use your directory from any AWS account and from any Amazon VPC within 4055// an AWS Region. 4056// 4057// When you share your AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, AWS Directory Service 4058// creates a shared directory in the directory consumer account. This shared 4059// directory contains the metadata to provide access to the directory within 4060// the directory owner account. The shared directory is visible in all VPCs 4061// in the directory consumer account. 4062// 4063// The ShareMethod parameter determines whether the specified directory can 4064// be shared between AWS accounts inside the same AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS). 4065// It also determines whether you can share the directory with any other AWS 4066// account either inside or outside of the organization (HANDSHAKE). 4067// 4068// The ShareNotes parameter is only used when HANDSHAKE is called, which sends 4069// a directory sharing request to the directory consumer. 4070// 4071// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4072// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4073// the error. 4074// 4075// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4076// API operation ShareDirectory for usage and error information. 4077// 4078// Returned Error Codes: 4079// * ErrCodeDirectoryAlreadySharedException "DirectoryAlreadySharedException" 4080// The specified directory has already been shared with this AWS account. 4081// 4082// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4083// The specified entity could not be found. 4084// 4085// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTargetException" 4086// The specified shared target is not valid. 4087// 4088// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4089// One or more parameters are not valid. 4090// 4091// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4092// A client exception has occurred. 4093// 4094// * ErrCodeShareLimitExceededException "ShareLimitExceededException" 4095// The maximum number of AWS accounts that you can share with this directory 4096// has been reached. 4097// 4098// * ErrCodeOrganizationsException "OrganizationsException" 4099// Exception encountered while trying to access your AWS organization. 4100// 4101// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException" 4102// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. 4103// 4104// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 4105// The operation is not supported. 4106// 4107// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4108// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4109// 4110// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ShareDirectory 4111func (c *DirectoryService) ShareDirectory(input *ShareDirectoryInput) (*ShareDirectoryOutput, error) { 4112 req, out := c.ShareDirectoryRequest(input) 4113 return out, req.Send() 4114} 4115 4116// ShareDirectoryWithContext is the same as ShareDirectory with the addition of 4117// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4118// 4119// See ShareDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 4120// 4121// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4122// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4123// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4124// for more information on using Contexts. 4125func (c *DirectoryService) ShareDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ShareDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ShareDirectoryOutput, error) { 4126 req, out := c.ShareDirectoryRequest(input) 4127 req.SetContext(ctx) 4128 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4129 return out, req.Send() 4130} 4131 4132const opStartSchemaExtension = "StartSchemaExtension" 4133 4134// StartSchemaExtensionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4135// client's request for the StartSchemaExtension operation. The "output" return 4136// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4137// successfully. 4138// 4139// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4140// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4141// 4142// See StartSchemaExtension for more information on using the StartSchemaExtension 4143// API call, and error handling. 4144// 4145// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4146// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4147// 4148// 4149// // Example sending a request using the StartSchemaExtensionRequest method. 4150// req, resp := client.StartSchemaExtensionRequest(params) 4151// 4152// err := req.Send() 4153// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4154// fmt.Println(resp) 4155// } 4156// 4157// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/StartSchemaExtension 4158func (c *DirectoryService) StartSchemaExtensionRequest(input *StartSchemaExtensionInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartSchemaExtensionOutput) { 4159 op := &request.Operation{ 4160 Name: opStartSchemaExtension, 4161 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4162 HTTPPath: "/", 4163 } 4164 4165 if input == nil { 4166 input = &StartSchemaExtensionInput{} 4167 } 4168 4169 output = &StartSchemaExtensionOutput{} 4170 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4171 return 4172} 4173 4174// StartSchemaExtension API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4175// 4176// Applies a schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory. 4177// 4178// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4179// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4180// the error. 4181// 4182// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4183// API operation StartSchemaExtension for usage and error information. 4184// 4185// Returned Error Codes: 4186// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 4187// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 4188// 4189// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4190// The specified entity could not be found. 4191// 4192// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4193// One or more parameters are not valid. 4194// 4195// * ErrCodeSnapshotLimitExceededException "SnapshotLimitExceededException" 4196// The maximum number of manual snapshots for the directory has been reached. 4197// You can use the GetSnapshotLimits operation to determine the snapshot limits 4198// for a directory. 4199// 4200// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4201// A client exception has occurred. 4202// 4203// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4204// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4205// 4206// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/StartSchemaExtension 4207func (c *DirectoryService) StartSchemaExtension(input *StartSchemaExtensionInput) (*StartSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 4208 req, out := c.StartSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 4209 return out, req.Send() 4210} 4211 4212// StartSchemaExtensionWithContext is the same as StartSchemaExtension with the addition of 4213// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4214// 4215// See StartSchemaExtension for details on how to use this API operation. 4216// 4217// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4218// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4219// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4220// for more information on using Contexts. 4221func (c *DirectoryService) StartSchemaExtensionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartSchemaExtensionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 4222 req, out := c.StartSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 4223 req.SetContext(ctx) 4224 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4225 return out, req.Send() 4226} 4227 4228const opUnshareDirectory = "UnshareDirectory" 4229 4230// UnshareDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4231// client's request for the UnshareDirectory operation. The "output" return 4232// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4233// successfully. 4234// 4235// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4236// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4237// 4238// See UnshareDirectory for more information on using the UnshareDirectory 4239// API call, and error handling. 4240// 4241// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4242// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4243// 4244// 4245// // Example sending a request using the UnshareDirectoryRequest method. 4246// req, resp := client.UnshareDirectoryRequest(params) 4247// 4248// err := req.Send() 4249// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4250// fmt.Println(resp) 4251// } 4252// 4253// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UnshareDirectory 4254func (c *DirectoryService) UnshareDirectoryRequest(input *UnshareDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *UnshareDirectoryOutput) { 4255 op := &request.Operation{ 4256 Name: opUnshareDirectory, 4257 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4258 HTTPPath: "/", 4259 } 4260 4261 if input == nil { 4262 input = &UnshareDirectoryInput{} 4263 } 4264 4265 output = &UnshareDirectoryOutput{} 4266 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4267 return 4268} 4269 4270// UnshareDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4271// 4272// Stops the directory sharing between the directory owner and consumer accounts. 4273// 4274// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4275// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4276// the error. 4277// 4278// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4279// API operation UnshareDirectory for usage and error information. 4280// 4281// Returned Error Codes: 4282// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4283// The specified entity could not be found. 4284// 4285// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTargetException" 4286// The specified shared target is not valid. 4287// 4288// * ErrCodeDirectoryNotSharedException "DirectoryNotSharedException" 4289// The specified directory has not been shared with this AWS account. 4290// 4291// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4292// A client exception has occurred. 4293// 4294// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4295// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4296// 4297// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UnshareDirectory 4298func (c *DirectoryService) UnshareDirectory(input *UnshareDirectoryInput) (*UnshareDirectoryOutput, error) { 4299 req, out := c.UnshareDirectoryRequest(input) 4300 return out, req.Send() 4301} 4302 4303// UnshareDirectoryWithContext is the same as UnshareDirectory with the addition of 4304// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4305// 4306// See UnshareDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 4307// 4308// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4309// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4310// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4311// for more information on using Contexts. 4312func (c *DirectoryService) UnshareDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UnshareDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UnshareDirectoryOutput, error) { 4313 req, out := c.UnshareDirectoryRequest(input) 4314 req.SetContext(ctx) 4315 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4316 return out, req.Send() 4317} 4318 4319const opUpdateConditionalForwarder = "UpdateConditionalForwarder" 4320 4321// UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4322// client's request for the UpdateConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return 4323// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4324// successfully. 4325// 4326// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4327// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4328// 4329// See UpdateConditionalForwarder for more information on using the UpdateConditionalForwarder 4330// API call, and error handling. 4331// 4332// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4333// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4334// 4335// 4336// // Example sending a request using the UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest method. 4337// req, resp := client.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(params) 4338// 4339// err := req.Send() 4340// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4341// fmt.Println(resp) 4342// } 4343// 4344// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateConditionalForwarder 4345func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) { 4346 op := &request.Operation{ 4347 Name: opUpdateConditionalForwarder, 4348 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4349 HTTPPath: "/", 4350 } 4351 4352 if input == nil { 4353 input = &UpdateConditionalForwarderInput{} 4354 } 4355 4356 output = &UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput{} 4357 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4358 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4359 return 4360} 4361 4362// UpdateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4363// 4364// Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory. 4365// 4366// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4367// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4368// the error. 4369// 4370// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4371// API operation UpdateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. 4372// 4373// Returned Error Codes: 4374// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4375// The specified entity could not be found. 4376// 4377// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 4378// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 4379// 4380// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4381// One or more parameters are not valid. 4382// 4383// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 4384// The operation is not supported. 4385// 4386// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4387// A client exception has occurred. 4388// 4389// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4390// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4391// 4392// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateConditionalForwarder 4393func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarder(input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (*UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 4394 req, out := c.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 4395 return out, req.Send() 4396} 4397 4398// UpdateConditionalForwarderWithContext is the same as UpdateConditionalForwarder with the addition of 4399// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4400// 4401// See UpdateConditionalForwarder for details on how to use this API operation. 4402// 4403// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4404// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4405// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4406// for more information on using Contexts. 4407func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 4408 req, out := c.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 4409 req.SetContext(ctx) 4410 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4411 return out, req.Send() 4412} 4413 4414const opUpdateNumberOfDomainControllers = "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers" 4415 4416// UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4417// client's request for the UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers operation. The "output" return 4418// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4419// successfully. 4420// 4421// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4422// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4423// 4424// See UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers for more information on using the UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers 4425// API call, and error handling. 4426// 4427// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4428// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4429// 4430// 4431// // Example sending a request using the UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest method. 4432// req, resp := client.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(params) 4433// 4434// err := req.Send() 4435// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4436// fmt.Println(resp) 4437// } 4438// 4439// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers 4440func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(input *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput) { 4441 op := &request.Operation{ 4442 Name: opUpdateNumberOfDomainControllers, 4443 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4444 HTTPPath: "/", 4445 } 4446 4447 if input == nil { 4448 input = &UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput{} 4449 } 4450 4451 output = &UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput{} 4452 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4453 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4454 return 4455} 4456 4457// UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4458// 4459// Adds or removes domain controllers to or from the directory. Based on the 4460// difference between current value and new value (provided through this API 4461// call), domain controllers will be added or removed. It may take up to 45 4462// minutes for any new domain controllers to become fully active once the requested 4463// number of domain controllers is updated. During this time, you cannot make 4464// another update request. 4465// 4466// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4467// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4468// the error. 4469// 4470// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4471// API operation UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers for usage and error information. 4472// 4473// Returned Error Codes: 4474// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4475// The specified entity could not be found. 4476// 4477// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 4478// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 4479// 4480// * ErrCodeDomainControllerLimitExceededException "DomainControllerLimitExceededException" 4481// The maximum allowed number of domain controllers per directory was exceeded. 4482// The default limit per directory is 20 domain controllers. 4483// 4484// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4485// One or more parameters are not valid. 4486// 4487// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 4488// The operation is not supported. 4489// 4490// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4491// A client exception has occurred. 4492// 4493// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4494// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4495// 4496// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers 4497func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers(input *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) (*UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput, error) { 4498 req, out := c.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(input) 4499 return out, req.Send() 4500} 4501 4502// UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersWithContext is the same as UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers with the addition of 4503// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4504// 4505// See UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers for details on how to use this API operation. 4506// 4507// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4508// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4509// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4510// for more information on using Contexts. 4511func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput, error) { 4512 req, out := c.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(input) 4513 req.SetContext(ctx) 4514 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4515 return out, req.Send() 4516} 4517 4518const opUpdateRadius = "UpdateRadius" 4519 4520// UpdateRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4521// client's request for the UpdateRadius operation. The "output" return 4522// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4523// successfully. 4524// 4525// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4526// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4527// 4528// See UpdateRadius for more information on using the UpdateRadius 4529// API call, and error handling. 4530// 4531// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4532// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4533// 4534// 4535// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRadiusRequest method. 4536// req, resp := client.UpdateRadiusRequest(params) 4537// 4538// err := req.Send() 4539// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4540// fmt.Println(resp) 4541// } 4542// 4543// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateRadius 4544func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadiusRequest(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRadiusOutput) { 4545 op := &request.Operation{ 4546 Name: opUpdateRadius, 4547 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4548 HTTPPath: "/", 4549 } 4550 4551 if input == nil { 4552 input = &UpdateRadiusInput{} 4553 } 4554 4555 output = &UpdateRadiusOutput{} 4556 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4557 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4558 return 4559} 4560 4561// UpdateRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4562// 4563// Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information 4564// for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory. 4565// 4566// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4567// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4568// the error. 4569// 4570// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4571// API operation UpdateRadius for usage and error information. 4572// 4573// Returned Error Codes: 4574// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4575// One or more parameters are not valid. 4576// 4577// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4578// The specified entity could not be found. 4579// 4580// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4581// A client exception has occurred. 4582// 4583// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4584// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4585// 4586// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateRadius 4587func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadius(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (*UpdateRadiusOutput, error) { 4588 req, out := c.UpdateRadiusRequest(input) 4589 return out, req.Send() 4590} 4591 4592// UpdateRadiusWithContext is the same as UpdateRadius with the addition of 4593// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4594// 4595// See UpdateRadius for details on how to use this API operation. 4596// 4597// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4598// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4599// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4600// for more information on using Contexts. 4601func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadiusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRadiusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRadiusOutput, error) { 4602 req, out := c.UpdateRadiusRequest(input) 4603 req.SetContext(ctx) 4604 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4605 return out, req.Send() 4606} 4607 4608const opUpdateTrust = "UpdateTrust" 4609 4610// UpdateTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4611// client's request for the UpdateTrust operation. The "output" return 4612// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4613// successfully. 4614// 4615// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4616// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4617// 4618// See UpdateTrust for more information on using the UpdateTrust 4619// API call, and error handling. 4620// 4621// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4622// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4623// 4624// 4625// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTrustRequest method. 4626// req, resp := client.UpdateTrustRequest(params) 4627// 4628// err := req.Send() 4629// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4630// fmt.Println(resp) 4631// } 4632// 4633// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateTrust 4634func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateTrustRequest(input *UpdateTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTrustOutput) { 4635 op := &request.Operation{ 4636 Name: opUpdateTrust, 4637 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4638 HTTPPath: "/", 4639 } 4640 4641 if input == nil { 4642 input = &UpdateTrustInput{} 4643 } 4644 4645 output = &UpdateTrustOutput{} 4646 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4647 return 4648} 4649 4650// UpdateTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4651// 4652// Updates the trust that has been set up between your AWS Managed Microsoft 4653// AD directory and an on-premises Active Directory. 4654// 4655// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4656// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4657// the error. 4658// 4659// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4660// API operation UpdateTrust for usage and error information. 4661// 4662// Returned Error Codes: 4663// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4664// The specified entity could not be found. 4665// 4666// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4667// One or more parameters are not valid. 4668// 4669// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4670// A client exception has occurred. 4671// 4672// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4673// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4674// 4675// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateTrust 4676func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateTrust(input *UpdateTrustInput) (*UpdateTrustOutput, error) { 4677 req, out := c.UpdateTrustRequest(input) 4678 return out, req.Send() 4679} 4680 4681// UpdateTrustWithContext is the same as UpdateTrust with the addition of 4682// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4683// 4684// See UpdateTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 4685// 4686// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4687// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4688// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4689// for more information on using Contexts. 4690func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTrustOutput, error) { 4691 req, out := c.UpdateTrustRequest(input) 4692 req.SetContext(ctx) 4693 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4694 return out, req.Send() 4695} 4696 4697const opVerifyTrust = "VerifyTrust" 4698 4699// VerifyTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4700// client's request for the VerifyTrust operation. The "output" return 4701// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4702// successfully. 4703// 4704// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4705// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4706// 4707// See VerifyTrust for more information on using the VerifyTrust 4708// API call, and error handling. 4709// 4710// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4711// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4712// 4713// 4714// // Example sending a request using the VerifyTrustRequest method. 4715// req, resp := client.VerifyTrustRequest(params) 4716// 4717// err := req.Send() 4718// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4719// fmt.Println(resp) 4720// } 4721// 4722// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/VerifyTrust 4723func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrustRequest(input *VerifyTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *VerifyTrustOutput) { 4724 op := &request.Operation{ 4725 Name: opVerifyTrust, 4726 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4727 HTTPPath: "/", 4728 } 4729 4730 if input == nil { 4731 input = &VerifyTrustInput{} 4732 } 4733 4734 output = &VerifyTrustOutput{} 4735 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4736 return 4737} 4738 4739// VerifyTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4740// 4741// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure 4742// and verify trust relationships. 4743// 4744// This action verifies a trust relationship between your AWS Managed Microsoft 4745// AD directory and an external domain. 4746// 4747// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4748// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4749// the error. 4750// 4751// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4752// API operation VerifyTrust for usage and error information. 4753// 4754// Returned Error Codes: 4755// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4756// The specified entity could not be found. 4757// 4758// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4759// One or more parameters are not valid. 4760// 4761// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4762// A client exception has occurred. 4763// 4764// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4765// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4766// 4767// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 4768// The operation is not supported. 4769// 4770// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/VerifyTrust 4771func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrust(input *VerifyTrustInput) (*VerifyTrustOutput, error) { 4772 req, out := c.VerifyTrustRequest(input) 4773 return out, req.Send() 4774} 4775 4776// VerifyTrustWithContext is the same as VerifyTrust with the addition of 4777// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4778// 4779// See VerifyTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 4780// 4781// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4782// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4783// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4784// for more information on using Contexts. 4785func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *VerifyTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*VerifyTrustOutput, error) { 4786 req, out := c.VerifyTrustRequest(input) 4787 req.SetContext(ctx) 4788 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4789 return out, req.Send() 4790} 4791 4792type AcceptSharedDirectoryInput struct { 4793 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4794 4795 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This 4796 // identifier is different for each directory owner account. 4797 // 4798 // SharedDirectoryId is a required field 4799 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 4800} 4801 4802// String returns the string representation 4803func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) String() string { 4804 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4805} 4806 4807// GoString returns the string representation 4808func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 4809 return s.String() 4810} 4811 4812// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4813func (s *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 4814 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AcceptSharedDirectoryInput"} 4815 if s.SharedDirectoryId == nil { 4816 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SharedDirectoryId")) 4817 } 4818 4819 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4820 return invalidParams 4821 } 4822 return nil 4823} 4824 4825// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 4826func (s *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput { 4827 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 4828 return s 4829} 4830 4831type AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput struct { 4832 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4833 4834 // The shared directory in the directory consumer account. 4835 SharedDirectory *SharedDirectory `type:"structure"` 4836} 4837 4838// String returns the string representation 4839func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) String() string { 4840 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4841} 4842 4843// GoString returns the string representation 4844func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 4845 return s.String() 4846} 4847 4848// SetSharedDirectory sets the SharedDirectory field's value. 4849func (s *AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectory(v *SharedDirectory) *AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput { 4850 s.SharedDirectory = v 4851 return s 4852} 4853 4854type AddIpRoutesInput struct { 4855 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4856 4857 // Identifier (ID) of the directory to which to add the address block. 4858 // 4859 // DirectoryId is a required field 4860 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 4861 4862 // IP address blocks, using CIDR format, of the traffic to route. This is often 4863 // the IP address block of the DNS server used for your on-premises domain. 4864 // 4865 // IpRoutes is a required field 4866 IpRoutes []*IpRoute `type:"list" required:"true"` 4867 4868 // If set to true, updates the inbound and outbound rules of the security group 4869 // that has the description: "AWS created security group for directory ID directory 4870 // controllers." Following are the new rules: 4871 // 4872 // Inbound: 4873 // 4874 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 88, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4875 // 4876 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 123, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4877 // 4878 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 138, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4879 // 4880 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 389, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4881 // 4882 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 464, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4883 // 4884 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 445, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4885 // 4886 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 88, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4887 // 4888 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 135, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4889 // 4890 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 445, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4891 // 4892 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 464, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4893 // 4894 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 636, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4895 // 4896 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 1024-65535, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4897 // 4898 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 3268-33269, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4899 // 4900 // * Type: DNS (UDP), Protocol: UDP, Range: 53, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4901 // 4902 // * Type: DNS (TCP), Protocol: TCP, Range: 53, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4903 // 4904 // * Type: LDAP, Protocol: TCP, Range: 389, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4905 // 4906 // * Type: All ICMP, Protocol: All, Range: N/A, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 4907 // 4908 // Outbound: 4909 // 4910 // * Type: All traffic, Protocol: All, Range: All, Destination: 0.0.0.0/0 4911 // 4912 // These security rules impact an internal network interface that is not exposed 4913 // publicly. 4914 UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers *bool `type:"boolean"` 4915} 4916 4917// String returns the string representation 4918func (s AddIpRoutesInput) String() string { 4919 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4920} 4921 4922// GoString returns the string representation 4923func (s AddIpRoutesInput) GoString() string { 4924 return s.String() 4925} 4926 4927// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4928func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) Validate() error { 4929 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddIpRoutesInput"} 4930 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 4931 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 4932 } 4933 if s.IpRoutes == nil { 4934 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IpRoutes")) 4935 } 4936 4937 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4938 return invalidParams 4939 } 4940 return nil 4941} 4942 4943// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 4944func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *AddIpRoutesInput { 4945 s.DirectoryId = &v 4946 return s 4947} 4948 4949// SetIpRoutes sets the IpRoutes field's value. 4950func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) SetIpRoutes(v []*IpRoute) *AddIpRoutesInput { 4951 s.IpRoutes = v 4952 return s 4953} 4954 4955// SetUpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers sets the UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers field's value. 4956func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) SetUpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers(v bool) *AddIpRoutesInput { 4957 s.UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers = &v 4958 return s 4959} 4960 4961type AddIpRoutesOutput struct { 4962 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4963} 4964 4965// String returns the string representation 4966func (s AddIpRoutesOutput) String() string { 4967 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4968} 4969 4970// GoString returns the string representation 4971func (s AddIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string { 4972 return s.String() 4973} 4974 4975type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { 4976 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4977 4978 // Identifier (ID) for the directory to which to add the tag. 4979 // 4980 // ResourceId is a required field 4981 ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 4982 4983 // The tags to be assigned to the directory. 4984 // 4985 // Tags is a required field 4986 Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` 4987} 4988 4989// String returns the string representation 4990func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { 4991 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4992} 4993 4994// GoString returns the string representation 4995func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { 4996 return s.String() 4997} 4998 4999// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5000func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { 5001 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} 5002 if s.ResourceId == nil { 5003 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) 5004 } 5005 if s.Tags == nil { 5006 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) 5007 } 5008 if s.Tags != nil { 5009 for i, v := range s.Tags { 5010 if v == nil { 5011 continue 5012 } 5013 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5014 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5015 } 5016 } 5017 } 5018 5019 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5020 return invalidParams 5021 } 5022 return nil 5023} 5024 5025// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. 5026func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceId(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 5027 s.ResourceId = &v 5028 return s 5029} 5030 5031// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 5032func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 5033 s.Tags = v 5034 return s 5035} 5036 5037type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { 5038 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5039} 5040 5041// String returns the string representation 5042func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { 5043 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5044} 5045 5046// GoString returns the string representation 5047func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { 5048 return s.String() 5049} 5050 5051// Represents a named directory attribute. 5052type Attribute struct { 5053 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5054 5055 // The name of the attribute. 5056 Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 5057 5058 // The value of the attribute. 5059 Value *string `type:"string"` 5060} 5061 5062// String returns the string representation 5063func (s Attribute) String() string { 5064 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5065} 5066 5067// GoString returns the string representation 5068func (s Attribute) GoString() string { 5069 return s.String() 5070} 5071 5072// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5073func (s *Attribute) Validate() error { 5074 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Attribute"} 5075 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 5076 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 5077 } 5078 5079 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5080 return invalidParams 5081 } 5082 return nil 5083} 5084 5085// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5086func (s *Attribute) SetName(v string) *Attribute { 5087 s.Name = &v 5088 return s 5089} 5090 5091// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 5092func (s *Attribute) SetValue(v string) *Attribute { 5093 s.Value = &v 5094 return s 5095} 5096 5097type CancelSchemaExtensionInput struct { 5098 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5099 5100 // The identifier of the directory whose schema extension will be canceled. 5101 // 5102 // DirectoryId is a required field 5103 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5104 5105 // The identifier of the schema extension that will be canceled. 5106 // 5107 // SchemaExtensionId is a required field 5108 SchemaExtensionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5109} 5110 5111// String returns the string representation 5112func (s CancelSchemaExtensionInput) String() string { 5113 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5114} 5115 5116// GoString returns the string representation 5117func (s CancelSchemaExtensionInput) GoString() string { 5118 return s.String() 5119} 5120 5121// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5122func (s *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) Validate() error { 5123 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelSchemaExtensionInput"} 5124 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 5125 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 5126 } 5127 if s.SchemaExtensionId == nil { 5128 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaExtensionId")) 5129 } 5130 5131 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5132 return invalidParams 5133 } 5134 return nil 5135} 5136 5137// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5138func (s *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CancelSchemaExtensionInput { 5139 s.DirectoryId = &v 5140 return s 5141} 5142 5143// SetSchemaExtensionId sets the SchemaExtensionId field's value. 5144func (s *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) SetSchemaExtensionId(v string) *CancelSchemaExtensionInput { 5145 s.SchemaExtensionId = &v 5146 return s 5147} 5148 5149type CancelSchemaExtensionOutput struct { 5150 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5151} 5152 5153// String returns the string representation 5154func (s CancelSchemaExtensionOutput) String() string { 5155 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5156} 5157 5158// GoString returns the string representation 5159func (s CancelSchemaExtensionOutput) GoString() string { 5160 return s.String() 5161} 5162 5163// Contains information about a computer account in a directory. 5164type Computer struct { 5165 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5166 5167 // An array of Attribute objects containing the LDAP attributes that belong 5168 // to the computer account. 5169 ComputerAttributes []*Attribute `type:"list"` 5170 5171 // The identifier of the computer. 5172 ComputerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 5173 5174 // The computer name. 5175 ComputerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 5176} 5177 5178// String returns the string representation 5179func (s Computer) String() string { 5180 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5181} 5182 5183// GoString returns the string representation 5184func (s Computer) GoString() string { 5185 return s.String() 5186} 5187 5188// SetComputerAttributes sets the ComputerAttributes field's value. 5189func (s *Computer) SetComputerAttributes(v []*Attribute) *Computer { 5190 s.ComputerAttributes = v 5191 return s 5192} 5193 5194// SetComputerId sets the ComputerId field's value. 5195func (s *Computer) SetComputerId(v string) *Computer { 5196 s.ComputerId = &v 5197 return s 5198} 5199 5200// SetComputerName sets the ComputerName field's value. 5201func (s *Computer) SetComputerName(v string) *Computer { 5202 s.ComputerName = &v 5203 return s 5204} 5205 5206// Points to a remote domain with which you are setting up a trust relationship. 5207// Conditional forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship 5208// with another domain. 5209type ConditionalForwarder struct { 5210 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5211 5212 // The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName. 5213 // This is the IP address of the DNS server that your conditional forwarder 5214 // points to. 5215 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 5216 5217 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domains pointed to by 5218 // the conditional forwarder. 5219 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string"` 5220 5221 // The replication scope of the conditional forwarder. The only allowed value 5222 // is Domain, which will replicate the conditional forwarder to all of the domain 5223 // controllers for your AWS directory. 5224 ReplicationScope *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicationScope"` 5225} 5226 5227// String returns the string representation 5228func (s ConditionalForwarder) String() string { 5229 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5230} 5231 5232// GoString returns the string representation 5233func (s ConditionalForwarder) GoString() string { 5234 return s.String() 5235} 5236 5237// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 5238func (s *ConditionalForwarder) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *ConditionalForwarder { 5239 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 5240 return s 5241} 5242 5243// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 5244func (s *ConditionalForwarder) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *ConditionalForwarder { 5245 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 5246 return s 5247} 5248 5249// SetReplicationScope sets the ReplicationScope field's value. 5250func (s *ConditionalForwarder) SetReplicationScope(v string) *ConditionalForwarder { 5251 s.ReplicationScope = &v 5252 return s 5253} 5254 5255// Contains the inputs for the ConnectDirectory operation. 5256type ConnectDirectoryInput struct { 5257 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5258 5259 // A DirectoryConnectSettings object that contains additional information for 5260 // the operation. 5261 // 5262 // ConnectSettings is a required field 5263 ConnectSettings *DirectoryConnectSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 5264 5265 // A textual description for the directory. 5266 Description *string `type:"string"` 5267 5268 // The fully qualified name of the on-premises directory, such as corp.example.com. 5269 // 5270 // Name is a required field 5271 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5272 5273 // The password for the on-premises user account. 5274 // 5275 // Password is a required field 5276 Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 5277 5278 // The NetBIOS name of the on-premises directory, such as CORP. 5279 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 5280 5281 // The size of the directory. 5282 // 5283 // Size is a required field 5284 Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"` 5285 5286 // The tags to be assigned to AD Connector. 5287 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 5288} 5289 5290// String returns the string representation 5291func (s ConnectDirectoryInput) String() string { 5292 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5293} 5294 5295// GoString returns the string representation 5296func (s ConnectDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 5297 return s.String() 5298} 5299 5300// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5301func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 5302 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConnectDirectoryInput"} 5303 if s.ConnectSettings == nil { 5304 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectSettings")) 5305 } 5306 if s.Name == nil { 5307 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 5308 } 5309 if s.Password == nil { 5310 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 5311 } 5312 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 { 5313 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1)) 5314 } 5315 if s.Size == nil { 5316 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Size")) 5317 } 5318 if s.ConnectSettings != nil { 5319 if err := s.ConnectSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5320 invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5321 } 5322 } 5323 if s.Tags != nil { 5324 for i, v := range s.Tags { 5325 if v == nil { 5326 continue 5327 } 5328 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5329 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5330 } 5331 } 5332 } 5333 5334 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5335 return invalidParams 5336 } 5337 return nil 5338} 5339 5340// SetConnectSettings sets the ConnectSettings field's value. 5341func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetConnectSettings(v *DirectoryConnectSettings) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 5342 s.ConnectSettings = v 5343 return s 5344} 5345 5346// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 5347func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetDescription(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 5348 s.Description = &v 5349 return s 5350} 5351 5352// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5353func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetName(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 5354 s.Name = &v 5355 return s 5356} 5357 5358// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 5359func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetPassword(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 5360 s.Password = &v 5361 return s 5362} 5363 5364// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 5365func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetShortName(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 5366 s.ShortName = &v 5367 return s 5368} 5369 5370// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 5371func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetSize(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 5372 s.Size = &v 5373 return s 5374} 5375 5376// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 5377func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 5378 s.Tags = v 5379 return s 5380} 5381 5382// Contains the results of the ConnectDirectory operation. 5383type ConnectDirectoryOutput struct { 5384 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5385 5386 // The identifier of the new directory. 5387 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 5388} 5389 5390// String returns the string representation 5391func (s ConnectDirectoryOutput) String() string { 5392 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5393} 5394 5395// GoString returns the string representation 5396func (s ConnectDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 5397 return s.String() 5398} 5399 5400// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5401func (s *ConnectDirectoryOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ConnectDirectoryOutput { 5402 s.DirectoryId = &v 5403 return s 5404} 5405 5406// Contains the inputs for the CreateAlias operation. 5407type CreateAliasInput struct { 5408 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5409 5410 // The requested alias. 5411 // 5412 // The alias must be unique amongst all aliases in AWS. This operation throws 5413 // an EntityAlreadyExistsException error if the alias already exists. 5414 // 5415 // Alias is a required field 5416 Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 5417 5418 // The identifier of the directory for which to create the alias. 5419 // 5420 // DirectoryId is a required field 5421 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5422} 5423 5424// String returns the string representation 5425func (s CreateAliasInput) String() string { 5426 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5427} 5428 5429// GoString returns the string representation 5430func (s CreateAliasInput) GoString() string { 5431 return s.String() 5432} 5433 5434// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5435func (s *CreateAliasInput) Validate() error { 5436 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateAliasInput"} 5437 if s.Alias == nil { 5438 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Alias")) 5439 } 5440 if s.Alias != nil && len(*s.Alias) < 1 { 5441 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Alias", 1)) 5442 } 5443 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 5444 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 5445 } 5446 5447 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5448 return invalidParams 5449 } 5450 return nil 5451} 5452 5453// SetAlias sets the Alias field's value. 5454func (s *CreateAliasInput) SetAlias(v string) *CreateAliasInput { 5455 s.Alias = &v 5456 return s 5457} 5458 5459// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5460func (s *CreateAliasInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateAliasInput { 5461 s.DirectoryId = &v 5462 return s 5463} 5464 5465// Contains the results of the CreateAlias operation. 5466type CreateAliasOutput struct { 5467 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5468 5469 // The alias for the directory. 5470 Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 5471 5472 // The identifier of the directory. 5473 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 5474} 5475 5476// String returns the string representation 5477func (s CreateAliasOutput) String() string { 5478 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5479} 5480 5481// GoString returns the string representation 5482func (s CreateAliasOutput) GoString() string { 5483 return s.String() 5484} 5485 5486// SetAlias sets the Alias field's value. 5487func (s *CreateAliasOutput) SetAlias(v string) *CreateAliasOutput { 5488 s.Alias = &v 5489 return s 5490} 5491 5492// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5493func (s *CreateAliasOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateAliasOutput { 5494 s.DirectoryId = &v 5495 return s 5496} 5497 5498// Contains the inputs for the CreateComputer operation. 5499type CreateComputerInput struct { 5500 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5501 5502 // An array of Attribute objects that contain any LDAP attributes to apply to 5503 // the computer account. 5504 ComputerAttributes []*Attribute `type:"list"` 5505 5506 // The name of the computer account. 5507 // 5508 // ComputerName is a required field 5509 ComputerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 5510 5511 // The identifier of the directory in which to create the computer account. 5512 // 5513 // DirectoryId is a required field 5514 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5515 5516 // The fully-qualified distinguished name of the organizational unit to place 5517 // the computer account in. 5518 OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 5519 5520 // A one-time password that is used to join the computer to the directory. You 5521 // should generate a random, strong password to use for this parameter. 5522 // 5523 // Password is a required field 5524 Password *string `min:"8" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 5525} 5526 5527// String returns the string representation 5528func (s CreateComputerInput) String() string { 5529 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5530} 5531 5532// GoString returns the string representation 5533func (s CreateComputerInput) GoString() string { 5534 return s.String() 5535} 5536 5537// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5538func (s *CreateComputerInput) Validate() error { 5539 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateComputerInput"} 5540 if s.ComputerName == nil { 5541 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ComputerName")) 5542 } 5543 if s.ComputerName != nil && len(*s.ComputerName) < 1 { 5544 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ComputerName", 1)) 5545 } 5546 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 5547 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 5548 } 5549 if s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName != nil && len(*s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName) < 1 { 5550 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName", 1)) 5551 } 5552 if s.Password == nil { 5553 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 5554 } 5555 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 8 { 5556 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 8)) 5557 } 5558 if s.ComputerAttributes != nil { 5559 for i, v := range s.ComputerAttributes { 5560 if v == nil { 5561 continue 5562 } 5563 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5564 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ComputerAttributes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5565 } 5566 } 5567 } 5568 5569 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5570 return invalidParams 5571 } 5572 return nil 5573} 5574 5575// SetComputerAttributes sets the ComputerAttributes field's value. 5576func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetComputerAttributes(v []*Attribute) *CreateComputerInput { 5577 s.ComputerAttributes = v 5578 return s 5579} 5580 5581// SetComputerName sets the ComputerName field's value. 5582func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetComputerName(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 5583 s.ComputerName = &v 5584 return s 5585} 5586 5587// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5588func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 5589 s.DirectoryId = &v 5590 return s 5591} 5592 5593// SetOrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName sets the OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName field's value. 5594func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetOrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 5595 s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName = &v 5596 return s 5597} 5598 5599// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 5600func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 5601 s.Password = &v 5602 return s 5603} 5604 5605// Contains the results for the CreateComputer operation. 5606type CreateComputerOutput struct { 5607 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5608 5609 // A Computer object that represents the computer account. 5610 Computer *Computer `type:"structure"` 5611} 5612 5613// String returns the string representation 5614func (s CreateComputerOutput) String() string { 5615 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5616} 5617 5618// GoString returns the string representation 5619func (s CreateComputerOutput) GoString() string { 5620 return s.String() 5621} 5622 5623// SetComputer sets the Computer field's value. 5624func (s *CreateComputerOutput) SetComputer(v *Computer) *CreateComputerOutput { 5625 s.Computer = v 5626 return s 5627} 5628 5629// Initiates the creation of a conditional forwarder for your AWS Directory 5630// Service for Microsoft Active Directory. Conditional forwarders are required 5631// in order to set up a trust relationship with another domain. 5632type CreateConditionalForwarderInput struct { 5633 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5634 5635 // The directory ID of the AWS directory for which you are creating the conditional 5636 // forwarder. 5637 // 5638 // DirectoryId is a required field 5639 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5640 5641 // The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName. 5642 // 5643 // DnsIpAddrs is a required field 5644 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 5645 5646 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you 5647 // will set up a trust relationship. 5648 // 5649 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 5650 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5651} 5652 5653// String returns the string representation 5654func (s CreateConditionalForwarderInput) String() string { 5655 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5656} 5657 5658// GoString returns the string representation 5659func (s CreateConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string { 5660 return s.String() 5661} 5662 5663// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5664func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error { 5665 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateConditionalForwarderInput"} 5666 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 5667 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 5668 } 5669 if s.DnsIpAddrs == nil { 5670 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DnsIpAddrs")) 5671 } 5672 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 5673 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 5674 } 5675 5676 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5677 return invalidParams 5678 } 5679 return nil 5680} 5681 5682// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5683func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateConditionalForwarderInput { 5684 s.DirectoryId = &v 5685 return s 5686} 5687 5688// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 5689func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *CreateConditionalForwarderInput { 5690 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 5691 return s 5692} 5693 5694// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 5695func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *CreateConditionalForwarderInput { 5696 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 5697 return s 5698} 5699 5700// The result of a CreateConditinalForwarder request. 5701type CreateConditionalForwarderOutput struct { 5702 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5703} 5704 5705// String returns the string representation 5706func (s CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string { 5707 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5708} 5709 5710// GoString returns the string representation 5711func (s CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string { 5712 return s.String() 5713} 5714 5715// Contains the inputs for the CreateDirectory operation. 5716type CreateDirectoryInput struct { 5717 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5718 5719 // A textual description for the directory. 5720 Description *string `type:"string"` 5721 5722 // The fully qualified name for the directory, such as corp.example.com. 5723 // 5724 // Name is a required field 5725 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5726 5727 // The password for the directory administrator. The directory creation process 5728 // creates a directory administrator account with the user name Administrator 5729 // and this password. 5730 // 5731 // Password is a required field 5732 Password *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 5733 5734 // The short name of the directory, such as CORP. 5735 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 5736 5737 // The size of the directory. 5738 // 5739 // Size is a required field 5740 Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"` 5741 5742 // The tags to be assigned to the Simple AD directory. 5743 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 5744 5745 // A DirectoryVpcSettings object that contains additional information for the 5746 // operation. 5747 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettings `type:"structure"` 5748} 5749 5750// String returns the string representation 5751func (s CreateDirectoryInput) String() string { 5752 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5753} 5754 5755// GoString returns the string representation 5756func (s CreateDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 5757 return s.String() 5758} 5759 5760// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5761func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 5762 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDirectoryInput"} 5763 if s.Name == nil { 5764 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 5765 } 5766 if s.Password == nil { 5767 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 5768 } 5769 if s.Size == nil { 5770 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Size")) 5771 } 5772 if s.Tags != nil { 5773 for i, v := range s.Tags { 5774 if v == nil { 5775 continue 5776 } 5777 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5778 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5779 } 5780 } 5781 } 5782 if s.VpcSettings != nil { 5783 if err := s.VpcSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5784 invalidParams.AddNested("VpcSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5785 } 5786 } 5787 5788 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5789 return invalidParams 5790 } 5791 return nil 5792} 5793 5794// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 5795func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 5796 s.Description = &v 5797 return s 5798} 5799 5800// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5801func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetName(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 5802 s.Name = &v 5803 return s 5804} 5805 5806// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 5807func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 5808 s.Password = &v 5809 return s 5810} 5811 5812// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 5813func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetShortName(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 5814 s.ShortName = &v 5815 return s 5816} 5817 5818// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 5819func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetSize(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 5820 s.Size = &v 5821 return s 5822} 5823 5824// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 5825func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDirectoryInput { 5826 s.Tags = v 5827 return s 5828} 5829 5830// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 5831func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettings) *CreateDirectoryInput { 5832 s.VpcSettings = v 5833 return s 5834} 5835 5836// Contains the results of the CreateDirectory operation. 5837type CreateDirectoryOutput struct { 5838 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5839 5840 // The identifier of the directory that was created. 5841 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 5842} 5843 5844// String returns the string representation 5845func (s CreateDirectoryOutput) String() string { 5846 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5847} 5848 5849// GoString returns the string representation 5850func (s CreateDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 5851 return s.String() 5852} 5853 5854// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5855func (s *CreateDirectoryOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateDirectoryOutput { 5856 s.DirectoryId = &v 5857 return s 5858} 5859 5860type CreateLogSubscriptionInput struct { 5861 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5862 5863 // Identifier (ID) of the directory to which you want to subscribe and receive 5864 // real-time logs to your specified CloudWatch log group. 5865 // 5866 // DirectoryId is a required field 5867 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5868 5869 // The name of the CloudWatch log group where the real-time domain controller 5870 // logs are forwarded. 5871 // 5872 // LogGroupName is a required field 5873 LogGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 5874} 5875 5876// String returns the string representation 5877func (s CreateLogSubscriptionInput) String() string { 5878 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5879} 5880 5881// GoString returns the string representation 5882func (s CreateLogSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 5883 return s.String() 5884} 5885 5886// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5887func (s *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 5888 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLogSubscriptionInput"} 5889 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 5890 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 5891 } 5892 if s.LogGroupName == nil { 5893 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogGroupName")) 5894 } 5895 if s.LogGroupName != nil && len(*s.LogGroupName) < 1 { 5896 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LogGroupName", 1)) 5897 } 5898 5899 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5900 return invalidParams 5901 } 5902 return nil 5903} 5904 5905// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5906func (s *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateLogSubscriptionInput { 5907 s.DirectoryId = &v 5908 return s 5909} 5910 5911// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value. 5912func (s *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) SetLogGroupName(v string) *CreateLogSubscriptionInput { 5913 s.LogGroupName = &v 5914 return s 5915} 5916 5917type CreateLogSubscriptionOutput struct { 5918 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5919} 5920 5921// String returns the string representation 5922func (s CreateLogSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 5923 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5924} 5925 5926// GoString returns the string representation 5927func (s CreateLogSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 5928 return s.String() 5929} 5930 5931// Creates an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 5932type CreateMicrosoftADInput struct { 5933 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5934 5935 // A textual description for the directory. This label will appear on the AWS 5936 // console Directory Details page after the directory is created. 5937 Description *string `type:"string"` 5938 5939 // AWS Managed Microsoft AD is available in two editions: Standard and Enterprise. 5940 // Enterprise is the default. 5941 Edition *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryEdition"` 5942 5943 // The fully qualified domain name for the directory, such as corp.example.com. 5944 // This name will resolve inside your VPC only. It does not need to be publicly 5945 // resolvable. 5946 // 5947 // Name is a required field 5948 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5949 5950 // The password for the default administrative user named Admin. 5951 // 5952 // Password is a required field 5953 Password *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 5954 5955 // The NetBIOS name for your domain. A short identifier for your domain, such 5956 // as CORP. If you don't specify a NetBIOS name, it will default to the first 5957 // part of your directory DNS. For example, CORP for the directory DNS corp.example.com. 5958 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 5959 5960 // The tags to be assigned to the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 5961 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 5962 5963 // Contains VPC information for the CreateDirectory or CreateMicrosoftAD operation. 5964 // 5965 // VpcSettings is a required field 5966 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 5967} 5968 5969// String returns the string representation 5970func (s CreateMicrosoftADInput) String() string { 5971 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5972} 5973 5974// GoString returns the string representation 5975func (s CreateMicrosoftADInput) GoString() string { 5976 return s.String() 5977} 5978 5979// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5980func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) Validate() error { 5981 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMicrosoftADInput"} 5982 if s.Name == nil { 5983 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 5984 } 5985 if s.Password == nil { 5986 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 5987 } 5988 if s.VpcSettings == nil { 5989 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcSettings")) 5990 } 5991 if s.Tags != nil { 5992 for i, v := range s.Tags { 5993 if v == nil { 5994 continue 5995 } 5996 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5997 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5998 } 5999 } 6000 } 6001 if s.VpcSettings != nil { 6002 if err := s.VpcSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6003 invalidParams.AddNested("VpcSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6004 } 6005 } 6006 6007 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6008 return invalidParams 6009 } 6010 return nil 6011} 6012 6013// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 6014func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6015 s.Description = &v 6016 return s 6017} 6018 6019// SetEdition sets the Edition field's value. 6020func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetEdition(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6021 s.Edition = &v 6022 return s 6023} 6024 6025// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6026func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6027 s.Name = &v 6028 return s 6029} 6030 6031// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 6032func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6033 s.Password = &v 6034 return s 6035} 6036 6037// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 6038func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetShortName(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6039 s.ShortName = &v 6040 return s 6041} 6042 6043// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6044func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6045 s.Tags = v 6046 return s 6047} 6048 6049// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 6050func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettings) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6051 s.VpcSettings = v 6052 return s 6053} 6054 6055// Result of a CreateMicrosoftAD request. 6056type CreateMicrosoftADOutput struct { 6057 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6058 6059 // The identifier of the directory that was created. 6060 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 6061} 6062 6063// String returns the string representation 6064func (s CreateMicrosoftADOutput) String() string { 6065 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6066} 6067 6068// GoString returns the string representation 6069func (s CreateMicrosoftADOutput) GoString() string { 6070 return s.String() 6071} 6072 6073// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6074func (s *CreateMicrosoftADOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADOutput { 6075 s.DirectoryId = &v 6076 return s 6077} 6078 6079// Contains the inputs for the CreateSnapshot operation. 6080type CreateSnapshotInput struct { 6081 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6082 6083 // The identifier of the directory of which to take a snapshot. 6084 // 6085 // DirectoryId is a required field 6086 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6087 6088 // The descriptive name to apply to the snapshot. 6089 Name *string `type:"string"` 6090} 6091 6092// String returns the string representation 6093func (s CreateSnapshotInput) String() string { 6094 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6095} 6096 6097// GoString returns the string representation 6098func (s CreateSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 6099 return s.String() 6100} 6101 6102// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6103func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 6104 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSnapshotInput"} 6105 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6106 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6107 } 6108 6109 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6110 return invalidParams 6111 } 6112 return nil 6113} 6114 6115// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6116func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateSnapshotInput { 6117 s.DirectoryId = &v 6118 return s 6119} 6120 6121// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6122func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) SetName(v string) *CreateSnapshotInput { 6123 s.Name = &v 6124 return s 6125} 6126 6127// Contains the results of the CreateSnapshot operation. 6128type CreateSnapshotOutput struct { 6129 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6130 6131 // The identifier of the snapshot that was created. 6132 SnapshotId *string `type:"string"` 6133} 6134 6135// String returns the string representation 6136func (s CreateSnapshotOutput) String() string { 6137 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6138} 6139 6140// GoString returns the string representation 6141func (s CreateSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 6142 return s.String() 6143} 6144 6145// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 6146func (s *CreateSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *CreateSnapshotOutput { 6147 s.SnapshotId = &v 6148 return s 6149} 6150 6151// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure 6152// trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your 6153// AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, and your existing on-premises Microsoft 6154// Active Directory. This would allow you to provide users and groups access 6155// to resources in either domain, with a single set of credentials. 6156// 6157// This action initiates the creation of the AWS side of a trust relationship 6158// between an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain. 6159type CreateTrustInput struct { 6160 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6161 6162 // The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName. 6163 ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 6164 6165 // The Directory ID of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory for which to establish 6166 // the trust relationship. 6167 // 6168 // DirectoryId is a required field 6169 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6170 6171 // The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain for which to 6172 // create the trust relationship. 6173 // 6174 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 6175 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6176 6177 // Optional parameter to enable selective authentication for the trust. 6178 SelectiveAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"SelectiveAuth"` 6179 6180 // The direction of the trust relationship. 6181 // 6182 // TrustDirection is a required field 6183 TrustDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TrustDirection"` 6184 6185 // The trust password. The must be the same password that was used when creating 6186 // the trust relationship on the external domain. 6187 // 6188 // TrustPassword is a required field 6189 TrustPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 6190 6191 // The trust relationship type. Forest is the default. 6192 TrustType *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustType"` 6193} 6194 6195// String returns the string representation 6196func (s CreateTrustInput) String() string { 6197 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6198} 6199 6200// GoString returns the string representation 6201func (s CreateTrustInput) GoString() string { 6202 return s.String() 6203} 6204 6205// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6206func (s *CreateTrustInput) Validate() error { 6207 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTrustInput"} 6208 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6209 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6210 } 6211 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 6212 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 6213 } 6214 if s.TrustDirection == nil { 6215 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustDirection")) 6216 } 6217 if s.TrustPassword == nil { 6218 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustPassword")) 6219 } 6220 if s.TrustPassword != nil && len(*s.TrustPassword) < 1 { 6221 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TrustPassword", 1)) 6222 } 6223 6224 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6225 return invalidParams 6226 } 6227 return nil 6228} 6229 6230// SetConditionalForwarderIpAddrs sets the ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs field's value. 6231func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetConditionalForwarderIpAddrs(v []*string) *CreateTrustInput { 6232 s.ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs = v 6233 return s 6234} 6235 6236// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6237func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 6238 s.DirectoryId = &v 6239 return s 6240} 6241 6242// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 6243func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 6244 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 6245 return s 6246} 6247 6248// SetSelectiveAuth sets the SelectiveAuth field's value. 6249func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetSelectiveAuth(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 6250 s.SelectiveAuth = &v 6251 return s 6252} 6253 6254// SetTrustDirection sets the TrustDirection field's value. 6255func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetTrustDirection(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 6256 s.TrustDirection = &v 6257 return s 6258} 6259 6260// SetTrustPassword sets the TrustPassword field's value. 6261func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetTrustPassword(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 6262 s.TrustPassword = &v 6263 return s 6264} 6265 6266// SetTrustType sets the TrustType field's value. 6267func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetTrustType(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 6268 s.TrustType = &v 6269 return s 6270} 6271 6272// The result of a CreateTrust request. 6273type CreateTrustOutput struct { 6274 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6275 6276 // A unique identifier for the trust relationship that was created. 6277 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 6278} 6279 6280// String returns the string representation 6281func (s CreateTrustOutput) String() string { 6282 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6283} 6284 6285// GoString returns the string representation 6286func (s CreateTrustOutput) GoString() string { 6287 return s.String() 6288} 6289 6290// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 6291func (s *CreateTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *CreateTrustOutput { 6292 s.TrustId = &v 6293 return s 6294} 6295 6296// Deletes a conditional forwarder. 6297type DeleteConditionalForwarderInput struct { 6298 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6299 6300 // The directory ID for which you are deleting the conditional forwarder. 6301 // 6302 // DirectoryId is a required field 6303 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6304 6305 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you 6306 // are deleting the conditional forwarder. 6307 // 6308 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 6309 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6310} 6311 6312// String returns the string representation 6313func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) String() string { 6314 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6315} 6316 6317// GoString returns the string representation 6318func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string { 6319 return s.String() 6320} 6321 6322// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6323func (s *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error { 6324 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteConditionalForwarderInput"} 6325 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6326 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6327 } 6328 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 6329 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 6330 } 6331 6332 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6333 return invalidParams 6334 } 6335 return nil 6336} 6337 6338// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6339func (s *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput { 6340 s.DirectoryId = &v 6341 return s 6342} 6343 6344// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 6345func (s *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput { 6346 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 6347 return s 6348} 6349 6350// The result of a DeleteConditionalForwarder request. 6351type DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput struct { 6352 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6353} 6354 6355// String returns the string representation 6356func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string { 6357 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6358} 6359 6360// GoString returns the string representation 6361func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string { 6362 return s.String() 6363} 6364 6365// Contains the inputs for the DeleteDirectory operation. 6366type DeleteDirectoryInput struct { 6367 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6368 6369 // The identifier of the directory to delete. 6370 // 6371 // DirectoryId is a required field 6372 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6373} 6374 6375// String returns the string representation 6376func (s DeleteDirectoryInput) String() string { 6377 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6378} 6379 6380// GoString returns the string representation 6381func (s DeleteDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 6382 return s.String() 6383} 6384 6385// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6386func (s *DeleteDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 6387 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDirectoryInput"} 6388 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6389 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6390 } 6391 6392 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6393 return invalidParams 6394 } 6395 return nil 6396} 6397 6398// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6399func (s *DeleteDirectoryInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteDirectoryInput { 6400 s.DirectoryId = &v 6401 return s 6402} 6403 6404// Contains the results of the DeleteDirectory operation. 6405type DeleteDirectoryOutput struct { 6406 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6407 6408 // The directory identifier. 6409 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 6410} 6411 6412// String returns the string representation 6413func (s DeleteDirectoryOutput) String() string { 6414 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6415} 6416 6417// GoString returns the string representation 6418func (s DeleteDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 6419 return s.String() 6420} 6421 6422// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6423func (s *DeleteDirectoryOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteDirectoryOutput { 6424 s.DirectoryId = &v 6425 return s 6426} 6427 6428type DeleteLogSubscriptionInput struct { 6429 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6430 6431 // Identifier (ID) of the directory whose log subscription you want to delete. 6432 // 6433 // DirectoryId is a required field 6434 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6435} 6436 6437// String returns the string representation 6438func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) String() string { 6439 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6440} 6441 6442// GoString returns the string representation 6443func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 6444 return s.String() 6445} 6446 6447// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6448func (s *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 6449 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLogSubscriptionInput"} 6450 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6451 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6452 } 6453 6454 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6455 return invalidParams 6456 } 6457 return nil 6458} 6459 6460// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6461func (s *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput { 6462 s.DirectoryId = &v 6463 return s 6464} 6465 6466type DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput struct { 6467 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6468} 6469 6470// String returns the string representation 6471func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 6472 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6473} 6474 6475// GoString returns the string representation 6476func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 6477 return s.String() 6478} 6479 6480// Contains the inputs for the DeleteSnapshot operation. 6481type DeleteSnapshotInput struct { 6482 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6483 6484 // The identifier of the directory snapshot to be deleted. 6485 // 6486 // SnapshotId is a required field 6487 SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6488} 6489 6490// String returns the string representation 6491func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) String() string { 6492 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6493} 6494 6495// GoString returns the string representation 6496func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 6497 return s.String() 6498} 6499 6500// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6501func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 6502 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSnapshotInput"} 6503 if s.SnapshotId == nil { 6504 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId")) 6505 } 6506 6507 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6508 return invalidParams 6509 } 6510 return nil 6511} 6512 6513// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 6514func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DeleteSnapshotInput { 6515 s.SnapshotId = &v 6516 return s 6517} 6518 6519// Contains the results of the DeleteSnapshot operation. 6520type DeleteSnapshotOutput struct { 6521 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6522 6523 // The identifier of the directory snapshot that was deleted. 6524 SnapshotId *string `type:"string"` 6525} 6526 6527// String returns the string representation 6528func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) String() string { 6529 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6530} 6531 6532// GoString returns the string representation 6533func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 6534 return s.String() 6535} 6536 6537// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 6538func (s *DeleteSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DeleteSnapshotOutput { 6539 s.SnapshotId = &v 6540 return s 6541} 6542 6543// Deletes the local side of an existing trust relationship between the AWS 6544// Managed Microsoft AD directory and the external domain. 6545type DeleteTrustInput struct { 6546 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6547 6548 // Delete a conditional forwarder as part of a DeleteTrustRequest. 6549 DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder *bool `type:"boolean"` 6550 6551 // The Trust ID of the trust relationship to be deleted. 6552 // 6553 // TrustId is a required field 6554 TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6555} 6556 6557// String returns the string representation 6558func (s DeleteTrustInput) String() string { 6559 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6560} 6561 6562// GoString returns the string representation 6563func (s DeleteTrustInput) GoString() string { 6564 return s.String() 6565} 6566 6567// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6568func (s *DeleteTrustInput) Validate() error { 6569 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTrustInput"} 6570 if s.TrustId == nil { 6571 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId")) 6572 } 6573 6574 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6575 return invalidParams 6576 } 6577 return nil 6578} 6579 6580// SetDeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder sets the DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder field's value. 6581func (s *DeleteTrustInput) SetDeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder(v bool) *DeleteTrustInput { 6582 s.DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder = &v 6583 return s 6584} 6585 6586// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 6587func (s *DeleteTrustInput) SetTrustId(v string) *DeleteTrustInput { 6588 s.TrustId = &v 6589 return s 6590} 6591 6592// The result of a DeleteTrust request. 6593type DeleteTrustOutput struct { 6594 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6595 6596 // The Trust ID of the trust relationship that was deleted. 6597 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 6598} 6599 6600// String returns the string representation 6601func (s DeleteTrustOutput) String() string { 6602 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6603} 6604 6605// GoString returns the string representation 6606func (s DeleteTrustOutput) GoString() string { 6607 return s.String() 6608} 6609 6610// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 6611func (s *DeleteTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *DeleteTrustOutput { 6612 s.TrustId = &v 6613 return s 6614} 6615 6616// Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. 6617type DeregisterEventTopicInput struct { 6618 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6619 6620 // The Directory ID to remove as a publisher. This directory will no longer 6621 // send messages to the specified SNS topic. 6622 // 6623 // DirectoryId is a required field 6624 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6625 6626 // The name of the SNS topic from which to remove the directory as a publisher. 6627 // 6628 // TopicName is a required field 6629 TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6630} 6631 6632// String returns the string representation 6633func (s DeregisterEventTopicInput) String() string { 6634 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6635} 6636 6637// GoString returns the string representation 6638func (s DeregisterEventTopicInput) GoString() string { 6639 return s.String() 6640} 6641 6642// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6643func (s *DeregisterEventTopicInput) Validate() error { 6644 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterEventTopicInput"} 6645 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6646 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6647 } 6648 if s.TopicName == nil { 6649 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicName")) 6650 } 6651 if s.TopicName != nil && len(*s.TopicName) < 1 { 6652 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TopicName", 1)) 6653 } 6654 6655 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6656 return invalidParams 6657 } 6658 return nil 6659} 6660 6661// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6662func (s *DeregisterEventTopicInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeregisterEventTopicInput { 6663 s.DirectoryId = &v 6664 return s 6665} 6666 6667// SetTopicName sets the TopicName field's value. 6668func (s *DeregisterEventTopicInput) SetTopicName(v string) *DeregisterEventTopicInput { 6669 s.TopicName = &v 6670 return s 6671} 6672 6673// The result of a DeregisterEventTopic request. 6674type DeregisterEventTopicOutput struct { 6675 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6676} 6677 6678// String returns the string representation 6679func (s DeregisterEventTopicOutput) String() string { 6680 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6681} 6682 6683// GoString returns the string representation 6684func (s DeregisterEventTopicOutput) GoString() string { 6685 return s.String() 6686} 6687 6688// Describes a conditional forwarder. 6689type DescribeConditionalForwardersInput struct { 6690 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6691 6692 // The directory ID for which to get the list of associated conditional forwarders. 6693 // 6694 // DirectoryId is a required field 6695 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6696 6697 // The fully qualified domain names (FQDN) of the remote domains for which to 6698 // get the list of associated conditional forwarders. If this member is null, 6699 // all conditional forwarders are returned. 6700 RemoteDomainNames []*string `type:"list"` 6701} 6702 6703// String returns the string representation 6704func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) String() string { 6705 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6706} 6707 6708// GoString returns the string representation 6709func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) GoString() string { 6710 return s.String() 6711} 6712 6713// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6714func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) Validate() error { 6715 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeConditionalForwardersInput"} 6716 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6717 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6718 } 6719 6720 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6721 return invalidParams 6722 } 6723 return nil 6724} 6725 6726// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6727func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput { 6728 s.DirectoryId = &v 6729 return s 6730} 6731 6732// SetRemoteDomainNames sets the RemoteDomainNames field's value. 6733func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) SetRemoteDomainNames(v []*string) *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput { 6734 s.RemoteDomainNames = v 6735 return s 6736} 6737 6738// The result of a DescribeConditionalForwarder request. 6739type DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput struct { 6740 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6741 6742 // The list of conditional forwarders that have been created. 6743 ConditionalForwarders []*ConditionalForwarder `type:"list"` 6744} 6745 6746// String returns the string representation 6747func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) String() string { 6748 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6749} 6750 6751// GoString returns the string representation 6752func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) GoString() string { 6753 return s.String() 6754} 6755 6756// SetConditionalForwarders sets the ConditionalForwarders field's value. 6757func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) SetConditionalForwarders(v []*ConditionalForwarder) *DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput { 6758 s.ConditionalForwarders = v 6759 return s 6760} 6761 6762// Contains the inputs for the DescribeDirectories operation. 6763type DescribeDirectoriesInput struct { 6764 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6765 6766 // A list of identifiers of the directories for which to obtain the information. 6767 // If this member is null, all directories that belong to the current account 6768 // are returned. 6769 // 6770 // An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown. 6771 DirectoryIds []*string `type:"list"` 6772 6773 // The maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum 6774 // number of items is specified by the limitations of the operation. 6775 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 6776 6777 // The DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeDirectories. 6778 // Pass null if this is the first call. 6779 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 6780} 6781 6782// String returns the string representation 6783func (s DescribeDirectoriesInput) String() string { 6784 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6785} 6786 6787// GoString returns the string representation 6788func (s DescribeDirectoriesInput) GoString() string { 6789 return s.String() 6790} 6791 6792// SetDirectoryIds sets the DirectoryIds field's value. 6793func (s *DescribeDirectoriesInput) SetDirectoryIds(v []*string) *DescribeDirectoriesInput { 6794 s.DirectoryIds = v 6795 return s 6796} 6797 6798// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 6799func (s *DescribeDirectoriesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeDirectoriesInput { 6800 s.Limit = &v 6801 return s 6802} 6803 6804// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 6805func (s *DescribeDirectoriesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDirectoriesInput { 6806 s.NextToken = &v 6807 return s 6808} 6809 6810// Contains the results of the DescribeDirectories operation. 6811type DescribeDirectoriesOutput struct { 6812 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6813 6814 // The list of DirectoryDescription objects that were retrieved. 6815 // 6816 // It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified 6817 // in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the 6818 // requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the 6819 // operation have been exceeded. 6820 DirectoryDescriptions []*DirectoryDescription `type:"list"` 6821 6822 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 6823 // parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeDirectories to retrieve the next 6824 // set of items. 6825 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 6826} 6827 6828// String returns the string representation 6829func (s DescribeDirectoriesOutput) String() string { 6830 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6831} 6832 6833// GoString returns the string representation 6834func (s DescribeDirectoriesOutput) GoString() string { 6835 return s.String() 6836} 6837 6838// SetDirectoryDescriptions sets the DirectoryDescriptions field's value. 6839func (s *DescribeDirectoriesOutput) SetDirectoryDescriptions(v []*DirectoryDescription) *DescribeDirectoriesOutput { 6840 s.DirectoryDescriptions = v 6841 return s 6842} 6843 6844// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 6845func (s *DescribeDirectoriesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDirectoriesOutput { 6846 s.NextToken = &v 6847 return s 6848} 6849 6850type DescribeDomainControllersInput struct { 6851 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6852 6853 // Identifier of the directory for which to retrieve the domain controller information. 6854 // 6855 // DirectoryId is a required field 6856 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6857 6858 // A list of identifiers for the domain controllers whose information will be 6859 // provided. 6860 DomainControllerIds []*string `type:"list"` 6861 6862 // The maximum number of items to return. 6863 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 6864 6865 // The DescribeDomainControllers.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeDomainControllers. 6866 // Pass null if this is the first call. 6867 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 6868} 6869 6870// String returns the string representation 6871func (s DescribeDomainControllersInput) String() string { 6872 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6873} 6874 6875// GoString returns the string representation 6876func (s DescribeDomainControllersInput) GoString() string { 6877 return s.String() 6878} 6879 6880// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6881func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) Validate() error { 6882 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDomainControllersInput"} 6883 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6884 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6885 } 6886 6887 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6888 return invalidParams 6889 } 6890 return nil 6891} 6892 6893// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6894func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 6895 s.DirectoryId = &v 6896 return s 6897} 6898 6899// SetDomainControllerIds sets the DomainControllerIds field's value. 6900func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetDomainControllerIds(v []*string) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 6901 s.DomainControllerIds = v 6902 return s 6903} 6904 6905// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 6906func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 6907 s.Limit = &v 6908 return s 6909} 6910 6911// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 6912func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 6913 s.NextToken = &v 6914 return s 6915} 6916 6917type DescribeDomainControllersOutput struct { 6918 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6919 6920 // List of the DomainController objects that were retrieved. 6921 DomainControllers []*DomainController `type:"list"` 6922 6923 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 6924 // parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeDomainControllers retrieve the 6925 // next set of items. 6926 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 6927} 6928 6929// String returns the string representation 6930func (s DescribeDomainControllersOutput) String() string { 6931 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6932} 6933 6934// GoString returns the string representation 6935func (s DescribeDomainControllersOutput) GoString() string { 6936 return s.String() 6937} 6938 6939// SetDomainControllers sets the DomainControllers field's value. 6940func (s *DescribeDomainControllersOutput) SetDomainControllers(v []*DomainController) *DescribeDomainControllersOutput { 6941 s.DomainControllers = v 6942 return s 6943} 6944 6945// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 6946func (s *DescribeDomainControllersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDomainControllersOutput { 6947 s.NextToken = &v 6948 return s 6949} 6950 6951// Describes event topics. 6952type DescribeEventTopicsInput struct { 6953 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6954 6955 // The Directory ID for which to get the list of associated SNS topics. If this 6956 // member is null, associations for all Directory IDs are returned. 6957 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 6958 6959 // A list of SNS topic names for which to obtain the information. If this member 6960 // is null, all associations for the specified Directory ID are returned. 6961 // 6962 // An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown. 6963 TopicNames []*string `type:"list"` 6964} 6965 6966// String returns the string representation 6967func (s DescribeEventTopicsInput) String() string { 6968 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6969} 6970 6971// GoString returns the string representation 6972func (s DescribeEventTopicsInput) GoString() string { 6973 return s.String() 6974} 6975 6976// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6977func (s *DescribeEventTopicsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeEventTopicsInput { 6978 s.DirectoryId = &v 6979 return s 6980} 6981 6982// SetTopicNames sets the TopicNames field's value. 6983func (s *DescribeEventTopicsInput) SetTopicNames(v []*string) *DescribeEventTopicsInput { 6984 s.TopicNames = v 6985 return s 6986} 6987 6988// The result of a DescribeEventTopic request. 6989type DescribeEventTopicsOutput struct { 6990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6991 6992 // A list of SNS topic names that receive status messages from the specified 6993 // Directory ID. 6994 EventTopics []*EventTopic `type:"list"` 6995} 6996 6997// String returns the string representation 6998func (s DescribeEventTopicsOutput) String() string { 6999 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7000} 7001 7002// GoString returns the string representation 7003func (s DescribeEventTopicsOutput) GoString() string { 7004 return s.String() 7005} 7006 7007// SetEventTopics sets the EventTopics field's value. 7008func (s *DescribeEventTopicsOutput) SetEventTopics(v []*EventTopic) *DescribeEventTopicsOutput { 7009 s.EventTopics = v 7010 return s 7011} 7012 7013type DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput struct { 7014 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7015 7016 // The number of shared directories to return in the response object. 7017 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7018 7019 // The DescribeSharedDirectoriesResult.NextToken value from a previous call 7020 // to DescribeSharedDirectories. Pass null if this is the first call. 7021 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7022 7023 // Returns the identifier of the directory in the directory owner account. 7024 // 7025 // OwnerDirectoryId is a required field 7026 OwnerDirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7027 7028 // A list of identifiers of all shared directories in your account. 7029 SharedDirectoryIds []*string `type:"list"` 7030} 7031 7032// String returns the string representation 7033func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) String() string { 7034 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7035} 7036 7037// GoString returns the string representation 7038func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) GoString() string { 7039 return s.String() 7040} 7041 7042// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7043func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) Validate() error { 7044 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput"} 7045 if s.OwnerDirectoryId == nil { 7046 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OwnerDirectoryId")) 7047 } 7048 7049 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7050 return invalidParams 7051 } 7052 return nil 7053} 7054 7055// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 7056func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 7057 s.Limit = &v 7058 return s 7059} 7060 7061// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7062func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 7063 s.NextToken = &v 7064 return s 7065} 7066 7067// SetOwnerDirectoryId sets the OwnerDirectoryId field's value. 7068func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetOwnerDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 7069 s.OwnerDirectoryId = &v 7070 return s 7071} 7072 7073// SetSharedDirectoryIds sets the SharedDirectoryIds field's value. 7074func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetSharedDirectoryIds(v []*string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 7075 s.SharedDirectoryIds = v 7076 return s 7077} 7078 7079type DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput struct { 7080 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7081 7082 // If not null, token that indicates that more results are available. Pass this 7083 // value for the NextToken parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeSharedDirectories 7084 // to retrieve the next set of items. 7085 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7086 7087 // A list of all shared directories in your account. 7088 SharedDirectories []*SharedDirectory `type:"list"` 7089} 7090 7091// String returns the string representation 7092func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) String() string { 7093 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7094} 7095 7096// GoString returns the string representation 7097func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) GoString() string { 7098 return s.String() 7099} 7100 7101// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7102func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput { 7103 s.NextToken = &v 7104 return s 7105} 7106 7107// SetSharedDirectories sets the SharedDirectories field's value. 7108func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) SetSharedDirectories(v []*SharedDirectory) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput { 7109 s.SharedDirectories = v 7110 return s 7111} 7112 7113// Contains the inputs for the DescribeSnapshots operation. 7114type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct { 7115 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7116 7117 // The identifier of the directory for which to retrieve snapshot information. 7118 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 7119 7120 // The maximum number of objects to return. 7121 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7122 7123 // The DescribeSnapshotsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeSnapshots. 7124 // Pass null if this is the first call. 7125 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7126 7127 // A list of identifiers of the snapshots to obtain the information for. If 7128 // this member is null or empty, all snapshots are returned using the Limit 7129 // and NextToken members. 7130 SnapshotIds []*string `type:"list"` 7131} 7132 7133// String returns the string representation 7134func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) String() string { 7135 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7136} 7137 7138// GoString returns the string representation 7139func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 7140 return s.String() 7141} 7142 7143// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7144func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 7145 s.DirectoryId = &v 7146 return s 7147} 7148 7149// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 7150func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 7151 s.Limit = &v 7152 return s 7153} 7154 7155// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7156func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 7157 s.NextToken = &v 7158 return s 7159} 7160 7161// SetSnapshotIds sets the SnapshotIds field's value. 7162func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotIds(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 7163 s.SnapshotIds = v 7164 return s 7165} 7166 7167// Contains the results of the DescribeSnapshots operation. 7168type DescribeSnapshotsOutput struct { 7169 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7170 7171 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value in the NextToken 7172 // member of a subsequent call to DescribeSnapshots. 7173 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7174 7175 // The list of Snapshot objects that were retrieved. 7176 // 7177 // It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified 7178 // in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the 7179 // requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the 7180 // operation have been exceeded. 7181 Snapshots []*Snapshot `type:"list"` 7182} 7183 7184// String returns the string representation 7185func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 7186 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7187} 7188 7189// GoString returns the string representation 7190func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 7191 return s.String() 7192} 7193 7194// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7195func (s *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsOutput { 7196 s.NextToken = &v 7197 return s 7198} 7199 7200// SetSnapshots sets the Snapshots field's value. 7201func (s *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) SetSnapshots(v []*Snapshot) *DescribeSnapshotsOutput { 7202 s.Snapshots = v 7203 return s 7204} 7205 7206// Describes the trust relationships for a particular AWS Managed Microsoft 7207// AD directory. If no input parameters are are provided, such as directory 7208// ID or trust ID, this request describes all the trust relationships. 7209type DescribeTrustsInput struct { 7210 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7211 7212 // The Directory ID of the AWS directory that is a part of the requested trust 7213 // relationship. 7214 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 7215 7216 // The maximum number of objects to return. 7217 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7218 7219 // The DescribeTrustsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeTrusts. 7220 // Pass null if this is the first call. 7221 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7222 7223 // A list of identifiers of the trust relationships for which to obtain the 7224 // information. If this member is null, all trust relationships that belong 7225 // to the current account are returned. 7226 // 7227 // An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown. 7228 TrustIds []*string `type:"list"` 7229} 7230 7231// String returns the string representation 7232func (s DescribeTrustsInput) String() string { 7233 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7234} 7235 7236// GoString returns the string representation 7237func (s DescribeTrustsInput) GoString() string { 7238 return s.String() 7239} 7240 7241// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7242func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeTrustsInput { 7243 s.DirectoryId = &v 7244 return s 7245} 7246 7247// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 7248func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeTrustsInput { 7249 s.Limit = &v 7250 return s 7251} 7252 7253// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7254func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTrustsInput { 7255 s.NextToken = &v 7256 return s 7257} 7258 7259// SetTrustIds sets the TrustIds field's value. 7260func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetTrustIds(v []*string) *DescribeTrustsInput { 7261 s.TrustIds = v 7262 return s 7263} 7264 7265// The result of a DescribeTrust request. 7266type DescribeTrustsOutput struct { 7267 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7268 7269 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 7270 // parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeTrusts to retrieve the next set 7271 // of items. 7272 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7273 7274 // The list of Trust objects that were retrieved. 7275 // 7276 // It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified 7277 // in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the 7278 // requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the 7279 // operation have been exceeded. 7280 Trusts []*Trust `type:"list"` 7281} 7282 7283// String returns the string representation 7284func (s DescribeTrustsOutput) String() string { 7285 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7286} 7287 7288// GoString returns the string representation 7289func (s DescribeTrustsOutput) GoString() string { 7290 return s.String() 7291} 7292 7293// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7294func (s *DescribeTrustsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTrustsOutput { 7295 s.NextToken = &v 7296 return s 7297} 7298 7299// SetTrusts sets the Trusts field's value. 7300func (s *DescribeTrustsOutput) SetTrusts(v []*Trust) *DescribeTrustsOutput { 7301 s.Trusts = v 7302 return s 7303} 7304 7305// Contains information for the ConnectDirectory operation when an AD Connector 7306// directory is being created. 7307type DirectoryConnectSettings struct { 7308 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7309 7310 // A list of one or more IP addresses of DNS servers or domain controllers in 7311 // the on-premises directory. 7312 // 7313 // CustomerDnsIps is a required field 7314 CustomerDnsIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 7315 7316 // The user name of an account in the on-premises directory that is used to 7317 // connect to the directory. This account must have the following permissions: 7318 // 7319 // * Read users and groups 7320 // 7321 // * Create computer objects 7322 // 7323 // * Join computers to the domain 7324 // 7325 // CustomerUserName is a required field 7326 CustomerUserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 7327 7328 // A list of subnet identifiers in the VPC in which the AD Connector is created. 7329 // 7330 // SubnetIds is a required field 7331 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 7332 7333 // The identifier of the VPC in which the AD Connector is created. 7334 // 7335 // VpcId is a required field 7336 VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7337} 7338 7339// String returns the string representation 7340func (s DirectoryConnectSettings) String() string { 7341 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7342} 7343 7344// GoString returns the string representation 7345func (s DirectoryConnectSettings) GoString() string { 7346 return s.String() 7347} 7348 7349// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7350func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) Validate() error { 7351 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DirectoryConnectSettings"} 7352 if s.CustomerDnsIps == nil { 7353 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerDnsIps")) 7354 } 7355 if s.CustomerUserName == nil { 7356 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerUserName")) 7357 } 7358 if s.CustomerUserName != nil && len(*s.CustomerUserName) < 1 { 7359 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CustomerUserName", 1)) 7360 } 7361 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 7362 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 7363 } 7364 if s.VpcId == nil { 7365 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId")) 7366 } 7367 7368 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7369 return invalidParams 7370 } 7371 return nil 7372} 7373 7374// SetCustomerDnsIps sets the CustomerDnsIps field's value. 7375func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetCustomerDnsIps(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 7376 s.CustomerDnsIps = v 7377 return s 7378} 7379 7380// SetCustomerUserName sets the CustomerUserName field's value. 7381func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetCustomerUserName(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 7382 s.CustomerUserName = &v 7383 return s 7384} 7385 7386// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 7387func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 7388 s.SubnetIds = v 7389 return s 7390} 7391 7392// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 7393func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 7394 s.VpcId = &v 7395 return s 7396} 7397 7398// Contains information about an AD Connector directory. 7399type DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription struct { 7400 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7401 7402 // A list of the Availability Zones that the directory is in. 7403 AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list"` 7404 7405 // The IP addresses of the AD Connector servers. 7406 ConnectIps []*string `type:"list"` 7407 7408 // The user name of the service account in the on-premises directory. 7409 CustomerUserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 7410 7411 // The security group identifier for the AD Connector directory. 7412 SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 7413 7414 // A list of subnet identifiers in the VPC that the AD connector is in. 7415 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list"` 7416 7417 // The identifier of the VPC that the AD Connector is in. 7418 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 7419} 7420 7421// String returns the string representation 7422func (s DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) String() string { 7423 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7424} 7425 7426// GoString returns the string representation 7427func (s DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) GoString() string { 7428 return s.String() 7429} 7430 7431// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 7432func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 7433 s.AvailabilityZones = v 7434 return s 7435} 7436 7437// SetConnectIps sets the ConnectIps field's value. 7438func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetConnectIps(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 7439 s.ConnectIps = v 7440 return s 7441} 7442 7443// SetCustomerUserName sets the CustomerUserName field's value. 7444func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetCustomerUserName(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 7445 s.CustomerUserName = &v 7446 return s 7447} 7448 7449// SetSecurityGroupId sets the SecurityGroupId field's value. 7450func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetSecurityGroupId(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 7451 s.SecurityGroupId = &v 7452 return s 7453} 7454 7455// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 7456func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 7457 s.SubnetIds = v 7458 return s 7459} 7460 7461// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 7462func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 7463 s.VpcId = &v 7464 return s 7465} 7466 7467// Contains information about an AWS Directory Service directory. 7468type DirectoryDescription struct { 7469 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7470 7471 // The access URL for the directory, such as http://<alias>.awsapps.com. If 7472 // no alias has been created for the directory, <alias> is the directory identifier, 7473 // such as d-XXXXXXXXXX. 7474 AccessUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 7475 7476 // The alias for the directory. If no alias has been created for the directory, 7477 // the alias is the directory identifier, such as d-XXXXXXXXXX. 7478 Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 7479 7480 // A DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription object that contains additional information 7481 // about an AD Connector directory. This member is only present if the directory 7482 // is an AD Connector directory. 7483 ConnectSettings *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription `type:"structure"` 7484 7485 // The textual description for the directory. 7486 Description *string `type:"string"` 7487 7488 // The desired number of domain controllers in the directory if the directory 7489 // is Microsoft AD. 7490 DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` 7491 7492 // The directory identifier. 7493 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 7494 7495 // The IP addresses of the DNS servers for the directory. For a Simple AD or 7496 // Microsoft AD directory, these are the IP addresses of the Simple AD or Microsoft 7497 // AD directory servers. For an AD Connector directory, these are the IP addresses 7498 // of the DNS servers or domain controllers in the on-premises directory to 7499 // which the AD Connector is connected. 7500 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 7501 7502 // The edition associated with this directory. 7503 Edition *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryEdition"` 7504 7505 // Specifies when the directory was created. 7506 LaunchTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 7507 7508 // The fully qualified name of the directory. 7509 Name *string `type:"string"` 7510 7511 // Describes the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory in the directory owner account. 7512 OwnerDirectoryDescription *OwnerDirectoryDescription `type:"structure"` 7513 7514 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server 7515 // configured for this directory. 7516 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure"` 7517 7518 // The status of the RADIUS MFA server connection. 7519 RadiusStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusStatus"` 7520 7521 // The method used when sharing a directory to determine whether the directory 7522 // should be shared within your AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS) or with any 7523 // AWS account by sending a shared directory request (HANDSHAKE). 7524 ShareMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareMethod"` 7525 7526 // A directory share request that is sent by the directory owner to the directory 7527 // consumer. The request includes a typed message to help the directory consumer 7528 // administrator determine whether to approve or reject the share invitation. 7529 ShareNotes *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 7530 7531 // Current directory status of the shared AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 7532 ShareStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareStatus"` 7533 7534 // The short name of the directory. 7535 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 7536 7537 // The directory size. 7538 Size *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectorySize"` 7539 7540 // Indicates if single sign-on is enabled for the directory. For more information, 7541 // see EnableSso and DisableSso. 7542 SsoEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 7543 7544 // The current stage of the directory. 7545 Stage *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryStage"` 7546 7547 // The date and time that the stage was last updated. 7548 StageLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 7549 7550 // Additional information about the directory stage. 7551 StageReason *string `type:"string"` 7552 7553 // The directory size. 7554 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryType"` 7555 7556 // A DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription object that contains additional information 7557 // about a directory. This member is only present if the directory is a Simple 7558 // AD or Managed AD directory. 7559 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription `type:"structure"` 7560} 7561 7562// String returns the string representation 7563func (s DirectoryDescription) String() string { 7564 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7565} 7566 7567// GoString returns the string representation 7568func (s DirectoryDescription) GoString() string { 7569 return s.String() 7570} 7571 7572// SetAccessUrl sets the AccessUrl field's value. 7573func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetAccessUrl(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7574 s.AccessUrl = &v 7575 return s 7576} 7577 7578// SetAlias sets the Alias field's value. 7579func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetAlias(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7580 s.Alias = &v 7581 return s 7582} 7583 7584// SetConnectSettings sets the ConnectSettings field's value. 7585func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetConnectSettings(v *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) *DirectoryDescription { 7586 s.ConnectSettings = v 7587 return s 7588} 7589 7590// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 7591func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDescription(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7592 s.Description = &v 7593 return s 7594} 7595 7596// SetDesiredNumberOfDomainControllers sets the DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers field's value. 7597func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDesiredNumberOfDomainControllers(v int64) *DirectoryDescription { 7598 s.DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers = &v 7599 return s 7600} 7601 7602// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7603func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7604 s.DirectoryId = &v 7605 return s 7606} 7607 7608// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 7609func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *DirectoryDescription { 7610 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 7611 return s 7612} 7613 7614// SetEdition sets the Edition field's value. 7615func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetEdition(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7616 s.Edition = &v 7617 return s 7618} 7619 7620// SetLaunchTime sets the LaunchTime field's value. 7621func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetLaunchTime(v time.Time) *DirectoryDescription { 7622 s.LaunchTime = &v 7623 return s 7624} 7625 7626// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7627func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetName(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7628 s.Name = &v 7629 return s 7630} 7631 7632// SetOwnerDirectoryDescription sets the OwnerDirectoryDescription field's value. 7633func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetOwnerDirectoryDescription(v *OwnerDirectoryDescription) *DirectoryDescription { 7634 s.OwnerDirectoryDescription = v 7635 return s 7636} 7637 7638// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 7639func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *DirectoryDescription { 7640 s.RadiusSettings = v 7641 return s 7642} 7643 7644// SetRadiusStatus sets the RadiusStatus field's value. 7645func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetRadiusStatus(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7646 s.RadiusStatus = &v 7647 return s 7648} 7649 7650// SetShareMethod sets the ShareMethod field's value. 7651func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShareMethod(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7652 s.ShareMethod = &v 7653 return s 7654} 7655 7656// SetShareNotes sets the ShareNotes field's value. 7657func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShareNotes(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7658 s.ShareNotes = &v 7659 return s 7660} 7661 7662// SetShareStatus sets the ShareStatus field's value. 7663func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShareStatus(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7664 s.ShareStatus = &v 7665 return s 7666} 7667 7668// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 7669func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShortName(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7670 s.ShortName = &v 7671 return s 7672} 7673 7674// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 7675func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetSize(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7676 s.Size = &v 7677 return s 7678} 7679 7680// SetSsoEnabled sets the SsoEnabled field's value. 7681func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetSsoEnabled(v bool) *DirectoryDescription { 7682 s.SsoEnabled = &v 7683 return s 7684} 7685 7686// SetStage sets the Stage field's value. 7687func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStage(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7688 s.Stage = &v 7689 return s 7690} 7691 7692// SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StageLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 7693func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *DirectoryDescription { 7694 s.StageLastUpdatedDateTime = &v 7695 return s 7696} 7697 7698// SetStageReason sets the StageReason field's value. 7699func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageReason(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7700 s.StageReason = &v 7701 return s 7702} 7703 7704// SetType sets the Type field's value. 7705func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetType(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 7706 s.Type = &v 7707 return s 7708} 7709 7710// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 7711func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) *DirectoryDescription { 7712 s.VpcSettings = v 7713 return s 7714} 7715 7716// Contains directory limit information for a region. 7717type DirectoryLimits struct { 7718 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7719 7720 // The current number of cloud directories in the region. 7721 CloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 7722 7723 // The maximum number of cloud directories allowed in the region. 7724 CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7725 7726 // Indicates if the cloud directory limit has been reached. 7727 CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 7728 7729 // The current number of AWS Managed Microsoft AD directories in the region. 7730 CloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 7731 7732 // The maximum number of AWS Managed Microsoft AD directories allowed in the 7733 // region. 7734 CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7735 7736 // Indicates if the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory limit has been reached. 7737 CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 7738 7739 // The current number of connected directories in the region. 7740 ConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 7741 7742 // The maximum number of connected directories allowed in the region. 7743 ConnectedDirectoriesLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7744 7745 // Indicates if the connected directory limit has been reached. 7746 ConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 7747} 7748 7749// String returns the string representation 7750func (s DirectoryLimits) String() string { 7751 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7752} 7753 7754// GoString returns the string representation 7755func (s DirectoryLimits) GoString() string { 7756 return s.String() 7757} 7758 7759// SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount sets the CloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount field's value. 7760func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 7761 s.CloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount = &v 7762 return s 7763} 7764 7765// SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit sets the CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit field's value. 7766func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 7767 s.CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit = &v 7768 return s 7769} 7770 7771// SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached sets the CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached field's value. 7772func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached(v bool) *DirectoryLimits { 7773 s.CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached = &v 7774 return s 7775} 7776 7777// SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount sets the CloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount field's value. 7778func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 7779 s.CloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount = &v 7780 return s 7781} 7782 7783// SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit sets the CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit field's value. 7784func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 7785 s.CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit = &v 7786 return s 7787} 7788 7789// SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached sets the CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached field's value. 7790func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached(v bool) *DirectoryLimits { 7791 s.CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached = &v 7792 return s 7793} 7794 7795// SetConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount sets the ConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount field's value. 7796func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 7797 s.ConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount = &v 7798 return s 7799} 7800 7801// SetConnectedDirectoriesLimit sets the ConnectedDirectoriesLimit field's value. 7802func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetConnectedDirectoriesLimit(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 7803 s.ConnectedDirectoriesLimit = &v 7804 return s 7805} 7806 7807// SetConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached sets the ConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached field's value. 7808func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached(v bool) *DirectoryLimits { 7809 s.ConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached = &v 7810 return s 7811} 7812 7813// Contains VPC information for the CreateDirectory or CreateMicrosoftAD operation. 7814type DirectoryVpcSettings struct { 7815 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7816 7817 // The identifiers of the subnets for the directory servers. The two subnets 7818 // must be in different Availability Zones. AWS Directory Service creates a 7819 // directory server and a DNS server in each of these subnets. 7820 // 7821 // SubnetIds is a required field 7822 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 7823 7824 // The identifier of the VPC in which to create the directory. 7825 // 7826 // VpcId is a required field 7827 VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7828} 7829 7830// String returns the string representation 7831func (s DirectoryVpcSettings) String() string { 7832 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7833} 7834 7835// GoString returns the string representation 7836func (s DirectoryVpcSettings) GoString() string { 7837 return s.String() 7838} 7839 7840// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7841func (s *DirectoryVpcSettings) Validate() error { 7842 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DirectoryVpcSettings"} 7843 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 7844 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 7845 } 7846 if s.VpcId == nil { 7847 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId")) 7848 } 7849 7850 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7851 return invalidParams 7852 } 7853 return nil 7854} 7855 7856// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 7857func (s *DirectoryVpcSettings) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryVpcSettings { 7858 s.SubnetIds = v 7859 return s 7860} 7861 7862// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 7863func (s *DirectoryVpcSettings) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryVpcSettings { 7864 s.VpcId = &v 7865 return s 7866} 7867 7868// Contains information about the directory. 7869type DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription struct { 7870 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7871 7872 // The list of Availability Zones that the directory is in. 7873 AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list"` 7874 7875 // The domain controller security group identifier for the directory. 7876 SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 7877 7878 // The identifiers of the subnets for the directory servers. 7879 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list"` 7880 7881 // The identifier of the VPC that the directory is in. 7882 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 7883} 7884 7885// String returns the string representation 7886func (s DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) String() string { 7887 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7888} 7889 7890// GoString returns the string representation 7891func (s DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) GoString() string { 7892 return s.String() 7893} 7894 7895// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 7896func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 7897 s.AvailabilityZones = v 7898 return s 7899} 7900 7901// SetSecurityGroupId sets the SecurityGroupId field's value. 7902func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetSecurityGroupId(v string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 7903 s.SecurityGroupId = &v 7904 return s 7905} 7906 7907// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 7908func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 7909 s.SubnetIds = v 7910 return s 7911} 7912 7913// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 7914func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 7915 s.VpcId = &v 7916 return s 7917} 7918 7919// Contains the inputs for the DisableRadius operation. 7920type DisableRadiusInput struct { 7921 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7922 7923 // The identifier of the directory for which to disable MFA. 7924 // 7925 // DirectoryId is a required field 7926 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7927} 7928 7929// String returns the string representation 7930func (s DisableRadiusInput) String() string { 7931 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7932} 7933 7934// GoString returns the string representation 7935func (s DisableRadiusInput) GoString() string { 7936 return s.String() 7937} 7938 7939// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7940func (s *DisableRadiusInput) Validate() error { 7941 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableRadiusInput"} 7942 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7943 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7944 } 7945 7946 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7947 return invalidParams 7948 } 7949 return nil 7950} 7951 7952// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7953func (s *DisableRadiusInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DisableRadiusInput { 7954 s.DirectoryId = &v 7955 return s 7956} 7957 7958// Contains the results of the DisableRadius operation. 7959type DisableRadiusOutput struct { 7960 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7961} 7962 7963// String returns the string representation 7964func (s DisableRadiusOutput) String() string { 7965 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7966} 7967 7968// GoString returns the string representation 7969func (s DisableRadiusOutput) GoString() string { 7970 return s.String() 7971} 7972 7973// Contains the inputs for the DisableSso operation. 7974type DisableSsoInput struct { 7975 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7976 7977 // The identifier of the directory for which to disable single-sign on. 7978 // 7979 // DirectoryId is a required field 7980 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7981 7982 // The password of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This 7983 // is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the 7984 // UserName parameter. 7985 Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 7986 7987 // The username of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This 7988 // is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges 7989 // to remove a service principal name. 7990 // 7991 // If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to remove a 7992 // service principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName 7993 // and Password parameters. These credentials are only used to disable single 7994 // sign-on and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account 7995 // is not changed. 7996 UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 7997} 7998 7999// String returns the string representation 8000func (s DisableSsoInput) String() string { 8001 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8002} 8003 8004// GoString returns the string representation 8005func (s DisableSsoInput) GoString() string { 8006 return s.String() 8007} 8008 8009// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8010func (s *DisableSsoInput) Validate() error { 8011 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableSsoInput"} 8012 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 8013 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 8014 } 8015 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 { 8016 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1)) 8017 } 8018 if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 { 8019 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1)) 8020 } 8021 8022 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8023 return invalidParams 8024 } 8025 return nil 8026} 8027 8028// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8029func (s *DisableSsoInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DisableSsoInput { 8030 s.DirectoryId = &v 8031 return s 8032} 8033 8034// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 8035func (s *DisableSsoInput) SetPassword(v string) *DisableSsoInput { 8036 s.Password = &v 8037 return s 8038} 8039 8040// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 8041func (s *DisableSsoInput) SetUserName(v string) *DisableSsoInput { 8042 s.UserName = &v 8043 return s 8044} 8045 8046// Contains the results of the DisableSso operation. 8047type DisableSsoOutput struct { 8048 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8049} 8050 8051// String returns the string representation 8052func (s DisableSsoOutput) String() string { 8053 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8054} 8055 8056// GoString returns the string representation 8057func (s DisableSsoOutput) GoString() string { 8058 return s.String() 8059} 8060 8061// Contains information about the domain controllers for a specified directory. 8062type DomainController struct { 8063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8064 8065 // The Availability Zone where the domain controller is located. 8066 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 8067 8068 // Identifier of the directory where the domain controller resides. 8069 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8070 8071 // The IP address of the domain controller. 8072 DnsIpAddr *string `type:"string"` 8073 8074 // Identifies a specific domain controller in the directory. 8075 DomainControllerId *string `type:"string"` 8076 8077 // Specifies when the domain controller was created. 8078 LaunchTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8079 8080 // The status of the domain controller. 8081 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DomainControllerStatus"` 8082 8083 // The date and time that the status was last updated. 8084 StatusLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8085 8086 // A description of the domain controller state. 8087 StatusReason *string `type:"string"` 8088 8089 // Identifier of the subnet in the VPC that contains the domain controller. 8090 SubnetId *string `type:"string"` 8091 8092 // The identifier of the VPC that contains the domain controller. 8093 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 8094} 8095 8096// String returns the string representation 8097func (s DomainController) String() string { 8098 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8099} 8100 8101// GoString returns the string representation 8102func (s DomainController) GoString() string { 8103 return s.String() 8104} 8105 8106// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 8107func (s *DomainController) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DomainController { 8108 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 8109 return s 8110} 8111 8112// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8113func (s *DomainController) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DomainController { 8114 s.DirectoryId = &v 8115 return s 8116} 8117 8118// SetDnsIpAddr sets the DnsIpAddr field's value. 8119func (s *DomainController) SetDnsIpAddr(v string) *DomainController { 8120 s.DnsIpAddr = &v 8121 return s 8122} 8123 8124// SetDomainControllerId sets the DomainControllerId field's value. 8125func (s *DomainController) SetDomainControllerId(v string) *DomainController { 8126 s.DomainControllerId = &v 8127 return s 8128} 8129 8130// SetLaunchTime sets the LaunchTime field's value. 8131func (s *DomainController) SetLaunchTime(v time.Time) *DomainController { 8132 s.LaunchTime = &v 8133 return s 8134} 8135 8136// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 8137func (s *DomainController) SetStatus(v string) *DomainController { 8138 s.Status = &v 8139 return s 8140} 8141 8142// SetStatusLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StatusLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 8143func (s *DomainController) SetStatusLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *DomainController { 8144 s.StatusLastUpdatedDateTime = &v 8145 return s 8146} 8147 8148// SetStatusReason sets the StatusReason field's value. 8149func (s *DomainController) SetStatusReason(v string) *DomainController { 8150 s.StatusReason = &v 8151 return s 8152} 8153 8154// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. 8155func (s *DomainController) SetSubnetId(v string) *DomainController { 8156 s.SubnetId = &v 8157 return s 8158} 8159 8160// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 8161func (s *DomainController) SetVpcId(v string) *DomainController { 8162 s.VpcId = &v 8163 return s 8164} 8165 8166// Contains the inputs for the EnableRadius operation. 8167type EnableRadiusInput struct { 8168 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8169 8170 // The identifier of the directory for which to enable MFA. 8171 // 8172 // DirectoryId is a required field 8173 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8174 8175 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. 8176 // 8177 // RadiusSettings is a required field 8178 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 8179} 8180 8181// String returns the string representation 8182func (s EnableRadiusInput) String() string { 8183 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8184} 8185 8186// GoString returns the string representation 8187func (s EnableRadiusInput) GoString() string { 8188 return s.String() 8189} 8190 8191// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8192func (s *EnableRadiusInput) Validate() error { 8193 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableRadiusInput"} 8194 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 8195 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 8196 } 8197 if s.RadiusSettings == nil { 8198 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RadiusSettings")) 8199 } 8200 if s.RadiusSettings != nil { 8201 if err := s.RadiusSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8202 invalidParams.AddNested("RadiusSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8203 } 8204 } 8205 8206 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8207 return invalidParams 8208 } 8209 return nil 8210} 8211 8212// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8213func (s *EnableRadiusInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *EnableRadiusInput { 8214 s.DirectoryId = &v 8215 return s 8216} 8217 8218// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 8219func (s *EnableRadiusInput) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *EnableRadiusInput { 8220 s.RadiusSettings = v 8221 return s 8222} 8223 8224// Contains the results of the EnableRadius operation. 8225type EnableRadiusOutput struct { 8226 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8227} 8228 8229// String returns the string representation 8230func (s EnableRadiusOutput) String() string { 8231 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8232} 8233 8234// GoString returns the string representation 8235func (s EnableRadiusOutput) GoString() string { 8236 return s.String() 8237} 8238 8239// Contains the inputs for the EnableSso operation. 8240type EnableSsoInput struct { 8241 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8242 8243 // The identifier of the directory for which to enable single-sign on. 8244 // 8245 // DirectoryId is a required field 8246 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8247 8248 // The password of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This 8249 // is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the 8250 // UserName parameter. 8251 Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 8252 8253 // The username of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This 8254 // is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges 8255 // to add a service principal name. 8256 // 8257 // If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to add a service 8258 // principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName and 8259 // Password parameters. These credentials are only used to enable single sign-on 8260 // and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account is not 8261 // changed. 8262 UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 8263} 8264 8265// String returns the string representation 8266func (s EnableSsoInput) String() string { 8267 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8268} 8269 8270// GoString returns the string representation 8271func (s EnableSsoInput) GoString() string { 8272 return s.String() 8273} 8274 8275// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8276func (s *EnableSsoInput) Validate() error { 8277 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableSsoInput"} 8278 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 8279 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 8280 } 8281 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 { 8282 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1)) 8283 } 8284 if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 { 8285 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1)) 8286 } 8287 8288 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8289 return invalidParams 8290 } 8291 return nil 8292} 8293 8294// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8295func (s *EnableSsoInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *EnableSsoInput { 8296 s.DirectoryId = &v 8297 return s 8298} 8299 8300// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 8301func (s *EnableSsoInput) SetPassword(v string) *EnableSsoInput { 8302 s.Password = &v 8303 return s 8304} 8305 8306// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 8307func (s *EnableSsoInput) SetUserName(v string) *EnableSsoInput { 8308 s.UserName = &v 8309 return s 8310} 8311 8312// Contains the results of the EnableSso operation. 8313type EnableSsoOutput struct { 8314 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8315} 8316 8317// String returns the string representation 8318func (s EnableSsoOutput) String() string { 8319 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8320} 8321 8322// GoString returns the string representation 8323func (s EnableSsoOutput) GoString() string { 8324 return s.String() 8325} 8326 8327// Information about SNS topic and AWS Directory Service directory associations. 8328type EventTopic struct { 8329 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8330 8331 // The date and time of when you associated your directory with the SNS topic. 8332 CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8333 8334 // The Directory ID of an AWS Directory Service directory that will publish 8335 // status messages to an SNS topic. 8336 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8337 8338 // The topic registration status. 8339 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TopicStatus"` 8340 8341 // The SNS topic ARN (Amazon Resource Name). 8342 TopicArn *string `type:"string"` 8343 8344 // The name of an AWS SNS topic the receives status messages from the directory. 8345 TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 8346} 8347 8348// String returns the string representation 8349func (s EventTopic) String() string { 8350 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8351} 8352 8353// GoString returns the string representation 8354func (s EventTopic) GoString() string { 8355 return s.String() 8356} 8357 8358// SetCreatedDateTime sets the CreatedDateTime field's value. 8359func (s *EventTopic) SetCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *EventTopic { 8360 s.CreatedDateTime = &v 8361 return s 8362} 8363 8364// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8365func (s *EventTopic) SetDirectoryId(v string) *EventTopic { 8366 s.DirectoryId = &v 8367 return s 8368} 8369 8370// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 8371func (s *EventTopic) SetStatus(v string) *EventTopic { 8372 s.Status = &v 8373 return s 8374} 8375 8376// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value. 8377func (s *EventTopic) SetTopicArn(v string) *EventTopic { 8378 s.TopicArn = &v 8379 return s 8380} 8381 8382// SetTopicName sets the TopicName field's value. 8383func (s *EventTopic) SetTopicName(v string) *EventTopic { 8384 s.TopicName = &v 8385 return s 8386} 8387 8388// Contains the inputs for the GetDirectoryLimits operation. 8389type GetDirectoryLimitsInput struct { 8390 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8391} 8392 8393// String returns the string representation 8394func (s GetDirectoryLimitsInput) String() string { 8395 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8396} 8397 8398// GoString returns the string representation 8399func (s GetDirectoryLimitsInput) GoString() string { 8400 return s.String() 8401} 8402 8403// Contains the results of the GetDirectoryLimits operation. 8404type GetDirectoryLimitsOutput struct { 8405 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8406 8407 // A DirectoryLimits object that contains the directory limits for the current 8408 // region. 8409 DirectoryLimits *DirectoryLimits `type:"structure"` 8410} 8411 8412// String returns the string representation 8413func (s GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) String() string { 8414 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8415} 8416 8417// GoString returns the string representation 8418func (s GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) GoString() string { 8419 return s.String() 8420} 8421 8422// SetDirectoryLimits sets the DirectoryLimits field's value. 8423func (s *GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) SetDirectoryLimits(v *DirectoryLimits) *GetDirectoryLimitsOutput { 8424 s.DirectoryLimits = v 8425 return s 8426} 8427 8428// Contains the inputs for the GetSnapshotLimits operation. 8429type GetSnapshotLimitsInput struct { 8430 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8431 8432 // Contains the identifier of the directory to obtain the limits for. 8433 // 8434 // DirectoryId is a required field 8435 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8436} 8437 8438// String returns the string representation 8439func (s GetSnapshotLimitsInput) String() string { 8440 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8441} 8442 8443// GoString returns the string representation 8444func (s GetSnapshotLimitsInput) GoString() string { 8445 return s.String() 8446} 8447 8448// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8449func (s *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) Validate() error { 8450 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSnapshotLimitsInput"} 8451 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 8452 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 8453 } 8454 8455 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8456 return invalidParams 8457 } 8458 return nil 8459} 8460 8461// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8462func (s *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *GetSnapshotLimitsInput { 8463 s.DirectoryId = &v 8464 return s 8465} 8466 8467// Contains the results of the GetSnapshotLimits operation. 8468type GetSnapshotLimitsOutput struct { 8469 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8470 8471 // A SnapshotLimits object that contains the manual snapshot limits for the 8472 // specified directory. 8473 SnapshotLimits *SnapshotLimits `type:"structure"` 8474} 8475 8476// String returns the string representation 8477func (s GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) String() string { 8478 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8479} 8480 8481// GoString returns the string representation 8482func (s GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) GoString() string { 8483 return s.String() 8484} 8485 8486// SetSnapshotLimits sets the SnapshotLimits field's value. 8487func (s *GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) SetSnapshotLimits(v *SnapshotLimits) *GetSnapshotLimitsOutput { 8488 s.SnapshotLimits = v 8489 return s 8490} 8491 8492// IP address block. This is often the address block of the DNS server used 8493// for your on-premises domain. 8494type IpRoute struct { 8495 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8496 8497 // IP address block using CIDR format, for example 10.0.0.0/24. This is often 8498 // the address block of the DNS server used for your on-premises domain. For 8499 // a single IP address use a CIDR address block with /32. For example 10.0.0.0/32. 8500 CidrIp *string `type:"string"` 8501 8502 // Description of the address block. 8503 Description *string `type:"string"` 8504} 8505 8506// String returns the string representation 8507func (s IpRoute) String() string { 8508 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8509} 8510 8511// GoString returns the string representation 8512func (s IpRoute) GoString() string { 8513 return s.String() 8514} 8515 8516// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value. 8517func (s *IpRoute) SetCidrIp(v string) *IpRoute { 8518 s.CidrIp = &v 8519 return s 8520} 8521 8522// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 8523func (s *IpRoute) SetDescription(v string) *IpRoute { 8524 s.Description = &v 8525 return s 8526} 8527 8528// Information about one or more IP address blocks. 8529type IpRouteInfo struct { 8530 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8531 8532 // The date and time the address block was added to the directory. 8533 AddedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8534 8535 // IP address block in the IpRoute. 8536 CidrIp *string `type:"string"` 8537 8538 // Description of the IpRouteInfo. 8539 Description *string `type:"string"` 8540 8541 // Identifier (ID) of the directory associated with the IP addresses. 8542 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8543 8544 // The status of the IP address block. 8545 IpRouteStatusMsg *string `type:"string" enum:"IpRouteStatusMsg"` 8546 8547 // The reason for the IpRouteStatusMsg. 8548 IpRouteStatusReason *string `type:"string"` 8549} 8550 8551// String returns the string representation 8552func (s IpRouteInfo) String() string { 8553 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8554} 8555 8556// GoString returns the string representation 8557func (s IpRouteInfo) GoString() string { 8558 return s.String() 8559} 8560 8561// SetAddedDateTime sets the AddedDateTime field's value. 8562func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetAddedDateTime(v time.Time) *IpRouteInfo { 8563 s.AddedDateTime = &v 8564 return s 8565} 8566 8567// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value. 8568func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetCidrIp(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 8569 s.CidrIp = &v 8570 return s 8571} 8572 8573// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 8574func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetDescription(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 8575 s.Description = &v 8576 return s 8577} 8578 8579// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8580func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetDirectoryId(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 8581 s.DirectoryId = &v 8582 return s 8583} 8584 8585// SetIpRouteStatusMsg sets the IpRouteStatusMsg field's value. 8586func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetIpRouteStatusMsg(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 8587 s.IpRouteStatusMsg = &v 8588 return s 8589} 8590 8591// SetIpRouteStatusReason sets the IpRouteStatusReason field's value. 8592func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetIpRouteStatusReason(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 8593 s.IpRouteStatusReason = &v 8594 return s 8595} 8596 8597type ListIpRoutesInput struct { 8598 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8599 8600 // Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve the IP addresses. 8601 // 8602 // DirectoryId is a required field 8603 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8604 8605 // Maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum number 8606 // of items is specified by the limitations of the operation. 8607 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8608 8609 // The ListIpRoutes.NextToken value from a previous call to ListIpRoutes. Pass 8610 // null if this is the first call. 8611 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8612} 8613 8614// String returns the string representation 8615func (s ListIpRoutesInput) String() string { 8616 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8617} 8618 8619// GoString returns the string representation 8620func (s ListIpRoutesInput) GoString() string { 8621 return s.String() 8622} 8623 8624// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8625func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) Validate() error { 8626 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListIpRoutesInput"} 8627 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 8628 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 8629 } 8630 8631 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8632 return invalidParams 8633 } 8634 return nil 8635} 8636 8637// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8638func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ListIpRoutesInput { 8639 s.DirectoryId = &v 8640 return s 8641} 8642 8643// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8644func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListIpRoutesInput { 8645 s.Limit = &v 8646 return s 8647} 8648 8649// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8650func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIpRoutesInput { 8651 s.NextToken = &v 8652 return s 8653} 8654 8655type ListIpRoutesOutput struct { 8656 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8657 8658 // A list of IpRoutes. 8659 IpRoutesInfo []*IpRouteInfo `type:"list"` 8660 8661 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 8662 // parameter in a subsequent call to ListIpRoutes to retrieve the next set of 8663 // items. 8664 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8665} 8666 8667// String returns the string representation 8668func (s ListIpRoutesOutput) String() string { 8669 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8670} 8671 8672// GoString returns the string representation 8673func (s ListIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string { 8674 return s.String() 8675} 8676 8677// SetIpRoutesInfo sets the IpRoutesInfo field's value. 8678func (s *ListIpRoutesOutput) SetIpRoutesInfo(v []*IpRouteInfo) *ListIpRoutesOutput { 8679 s.IpRoutesInfo = v 8680 return s 8681} 8682 8683// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8684func (s *ListIpRoutesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIpRoutesOutput { 8685 s.NextToken = &v 8686 return s 8687} 8688 8689type ListLogSubscriptionsInput struct { 8690 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8691 8692 // If a DirectoryID is provided, lists only the log subscription associated 8693 // with that directory. If no DirectoryId is provided, lists all log subscriptions 8694 // associated with your AWS account. If there are no log subscriptions for the 8695 // AWS account or the directory, an empty list will be returned. 8696 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8697 8698 // The maximum number of items returned. 8699 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8700 8701 // The token for the next set of items to return. 8702 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8703} 8704 8705// String returns the string representation 8706func (s ListLogSubscriptionsInput) String() string { 8707 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8708} 8709 8710// GoString returns the string representation 8711func (s ListLogSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { 8712 return s.String() 8713} 8714 8715// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8716func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ListLogSubscriptionsInput { 8717 s.DirectoryId = &v 8718 return s 8719} 8720 8721// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8722func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListLogSubscriptionsInput { 8723 s.Limit = &v 8724 return s 8725} 8726 8727// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8728func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogSubscriptionsInput { 8729 s.NextToken = &v 8730 return s 8731} 8732 8733type ListLogSubscriptionsOutput struct { 8734 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8735 8736 // A list of active LogSubscription objects for calling the AWS account. 8737 LogSubscriptions []*LogSubscription `type:"list"` 8738 8739 // The token for the next set of items to return. 8740 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8741} 8742 8743// String returns the string representation 8744func (s ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { 8745 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8746} 8747 8748// GoString returns the string representation 8749func (s ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { 8750 return s.String() 8751} 8752 8753// SetLogSubscriptions sets the LogSubscriptions field's value. 8754func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) SetLogSubscriptions(v []*LogSubscription) *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput { 8755 s.LogSubscriptions = v 8756 return s 8757} 8758 8759// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8760func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput { 8761 s.NextToken = &v 8762 return s 8763} 8764 8765type ListSchemaExtensionsInput struct { 8766 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8767 8768 // The identifier of the directory from which to retrieve the schema extension 8769 // information. 8770 // 8771 // DirectoryId is a required field 8772 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8773 8774 // The maximum number of items to return. 8775 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8776 8777 // The ListSchemaExtensions.NextToken value from a previous call to ListSchemaExtensions. 8778 // Pass null if this is the first call. 8779 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8780} 8781 8782// String returns the string representation 8783func (s ListSchemaExtensionsInput) String() string { 8784 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8785} 8786 8787// GoString returns the string representation 8788func (s ListSchemaExtensionsInput) GoString() string { 8789 return s.String() 8790} 8791 8792// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8793func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) Validate() error { 8794 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListSchemaExtensionsInput"} 8795 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 8796 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 8797 } 8798 8799 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8800 return invalidParams 8801 } 8802 return nil 8803} 8804 8805// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8806func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ListSchemaExtensionsInput { 8807 s.DirectoryId = &v 8808 return s 8809} 8810 8811// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8812func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListSchemaExtensionsInput { 8813 s.Limit = &v 8814 return s 8815} 8816 8817// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8818func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaExtensionsInput { 8819 s.NextToken = &v 8820 return s 8821} 8822 8823type ListSchemaExtensionsOutput struct { 8824 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8825 8826 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 8827 // parameter in a subsequent call to ListSchemaExtensions to retrieve the next 8828 // set of items. 8829 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8830 8831 // Information about the schema extensions applied to the directory. 8832 SchemaExtensionsInfo []*SchemaExtensionInfo `type:"list"` 8833} 8834 8835// String returns the string representation 8836func (s ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) String() string { 8837 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8838} 8839 8840// GoString returns the string representation 8841func (s ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) GoString() string { 8842 return s.String() 8843} 8844 8845// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8846func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput { 8847 s.NextToken = &v 8848 return s 8849} 8850 8851// SetSchemaExtensionsInfo sets the SchemaExtensionsInfo field's value. 8852func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) SetSchemaExtensionsInfo(v []*SchemaExtensionInfo) *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput { 8853 s.SchemaExtensionsInfo = v 8854 return s 8855} 8856 8857type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 8858 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8859 8860 // Reserved for future use. 8861 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8862 8863 // Reserved for future use. 8864 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8865 8866 // Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve tags. 8867 // 8868 // ResourceId is a required field 8869 ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8870} 8871 8872// String returns the string representation 8873func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 8874 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8875} 8876 8877// GoString returns the string representation 8878func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 8879 return s.String() 8880} 8881 8882// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8883func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 8884 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 8885 if s.ResourceId == nil { 8886 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) 8887 } 8888 8889 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8890 return invalidParams 8891 } 8892 return nil 8893} 8894 8895// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8896func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 8897 s.Limit = &v 8898 return s 8899} 8900 8901// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8902func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 8903 s.NextToken = &v 8904 return s 8905} 8906 8907// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. 8908func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceId(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 8909 s.ResourceId = &v 8910 return s 8911} 8912 8913type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 8914 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8915 8916 // Reserved for future use. 8917 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8918 8919 // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. 8920 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 8921} 8922 8923// String returns the string representation 8924func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 8925 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8926} 8927 8928// GoString returns the string representation 8929func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 8930 return s.String() 8931} 8932 8933// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8934func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 8935 s.NextToken = &v 8936 return s 8937} 8938 8939// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8940func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 8941 s.Tags = v 8942 return s 8943} 8944 8945// Represents a log subscription, which tracks real-time data from a chosen 8946// log group to a specified destination. 8947type LogSubscription struct { 8948 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8949 8950 // Identifier (ID) of the directory that you want to associate with the log 8951 // subscription. 8952 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8953 8954 // The name of the log group. 8955 LogGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 8956 8957 // The date and time that the log subscription was created. 8958 SubscriptionCreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8959} 8960 8961// String returns the string representation 8962func (s LogSubscription) String() string { 8963 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8964} 8965 8966// GoString returns the string representation 8967func (s LogSubscription) GoString() string { 8968 return s.String() 8969} 8970 8971// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8972func (s *LogSubscription) SetDirectoryId(v string) *LogSubscription { 8973 s.DirectoryId = &v 8974 return s 8975} 8976 8977// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value. 8978func (s *LogSubscription) SetLogGroupName(v string) *LogSubscription { 8979 s.LogGroupName = &v 8980 return s 8981} 8982 8983// SetSubscriptionCreatedDateTime sets the SubscriptionCreatedDateTime field's value. 8984func (s *LogSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *LogSubscription { 8985 s.SubscriptionCreatedDateTime = &v 8986 return s 8987} 8988 8989// Describes the directory owner account details that have been shared to the 8990// directory consumer account. 8991type OwnerDirectoryDescription struct { 8992 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8993 8994 // Identifier of the directory owner account. 8995 AccountId *string `type:"string"` 8996 8997 // Identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory in the directory owner 8998 // account. 8999 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9000 9001 // IP address of the directory’s domain controllers. 9002 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 9003 9004 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. 9005 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure"` 9006 9007 // Information about the status of the RADIUS server. 9008 RadiusStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusStatus"` 9009 9010 // Information about the VPC settings for the directory. 9011 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription `type:"structure"` 9012} 9013 9014// String returns the string representation 9015func (s OwnerDirectoryDescription) String() string { 9016 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9017} 9018 9019// GoString returns the string representation 9020func (s OwnerDirectoryDescription) GoString() string { 9021 return s.String() 9022} 9023 9024// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value. 9025func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetAccountId(v string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 9026 s.AccountId = &v 9027 return s 9028} 9029 9030// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9031func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetDirectoryId(v string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 9032 s.DirectoryId = &v 9033 return s 9034} 9035 9036// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 9037func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 9038 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 9039 return s 9040} 9041 9042// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 9043func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 9044 s.RadiusSettings = v 9045 return s 9046} 9047 9048// SetRadiusStatus sets the RadiusStatus field's value. 9049func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetRadiusStatus(v string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 9050 s.RadiusStatus = &v 9051 return s 9052} 9053 9054// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 9055func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 9056 s.VpcSettings = v 9057 return s 9058} 9059 9060// Contains information about a Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) 9061// server. 9062type RadiusSettings struct { 9063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9064 9065 // The protocol specified for your RADIUS endpoints. 9066 AuthenticationProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusAuthenticationProtocol"` 9067 9068 // Not currently used. 9069 DisplayLabel *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 9070 9071 // The port that your RADIUS server is using for communications. Your on-premises 9072 // network must allow inbound traffic over this port from the AWS Directory 9073 // Service servers. 9074 RadiusPort *int64 `min:"1025" type:"integer"` 9075 9076 // The maximum number of times that communication with the RADIUS server is 9077 // attempted. 9078 RadiusRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` 9079 9080 // An array of strings that contains the IP addresses of the RADIUS server endpoints, 9081 // or the IP addresses of your RADIUS server load balancer. 9082 RadiusServers []*string `type:"list"` 9083 9084 // The amount of time, in seconds, to wait for the RADIUS server to respond. 9085 RadiusTimeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` 9086 9087 // Required for enabling RADIUS on the directory. 9088 SharedSecret *string `min:"8" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 9089 9090 // Not currently used. 9091 UseSameUsername *bool `type:"boolean"` 9092} 9093 9094// String returns the string representation 9095func (s RadiusSettings) String() string { 9096 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9097} 9098 9099// GoString returns the string representation 9100func (s RadiusSettings) GoString() string { 9101 return s.String() 9102} 9103 9104// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9105func (s *RadiusSettings) Validate() error { 9106 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RadiusSettings"} 9107 if s.DisplayLabel != nil && len(*s.DisplayLabel) < 1 { 9108 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DisplayLabel", 1)) 9109 } 9110 if s.RadiusPort != nil && *s.RadiusPort < 1025 { 9111 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RadiusPort", 1025)) 9112 } 9113 if s.RadiusTimeout != nil && *s.RadiusTimeout < 1 { 9114 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RadiusTimeout", 1)) 9115 } 9116 if s.SharedSecret != nil && len(*s.SharedSecret) < 8 { 9117 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SharedSecret", 8)) 9118 } 9119 9120 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9121 return invalidParams 9122 } 9123 return nil 9124} 9125 9126// SetAuthenticationProtocol sets the AuthenticationProtocol field's value. 9127func (s *RadiusSettings) SetAuthenticationProtocol(v string) *RadiusSettings { 9128 s.AuthenticationProtocol = &v 9129 return s 9130} 9131 9132// SetDisplayLabel sets the DisplayLabel field's value. 9133func (s *RadiusSettings) SetDisplayLabel(v string) *RadiusSettings { 9134 s.DisplayLabel = &v 9135 return s 9136} 9137 9138// SetRadiusPort sets the RadiusPort field's value. 9139func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusPort(v int64) *RadiusSettings { 9140 s.RadiusPort = &v 9141 return s 9142} 9143 9144// SetRadiusRetries sets the RadiusRetries field's value. 9145func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusRetries(v int64) *RadiusSettings { 9146 s.RadiusRetries = &v 9147 return s 9148} 9149 9150// SetRadiusServers sets the RadiusServers field's value. 9151func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusServers(v []*string) *RadiusSettings { 9152 s.RadiusServers = v 9153 return s 9154} 9155 9156// SetRadiusTimeout sets the RadiusTimeout field's value. 9157func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusTimeout(v int64) *RadiusSettings { 9158 s.RadiusTimeout = &v 9159 return s 9160} 9161 9162// SetSharedSecret sets the SharedSecret field's value. 9163func (s *RadiusSettings) SetSharedSecret(v string) *RadiusSettings { 9164 s.SharedSecret = &v 9165 return s 9166} 9167 9168// SetUseSameUsername sets the UseSameUsername field's value. 9169func (s *RadiusSettings) SetUseSameUsername(v bool) *RadiusSettings { 9170 s.UseSameUsername = &v 9171 return s 9172} 9173 9174// Registers a new event topic. 9175type RegisterEventTopicInput struct { 9176 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9177 9178 // The Directory ID that will publish status messages to the SNS topic. 9179 // 9180 // DirectoryId is a required field 9181 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9182 9183 // The SNS topic name to which the directory will publish status messages. This 9184 // SNS topic must be in the same region as the specified Directory ID. 9185 // 9186 // TopicName is a required field 9187 TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 9188} 9189 9190// String returns the string representation 9191func (s RegisterEventTopicInput) String() string { 9192 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9193} 9194 9195// GoString returns the string representation 9196func (s RegisterEventTopicInput) GoString() string { 9197 return s.String() 9198} 9199 9200// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9201func (s *RegisterEventTopicInput) Validate() error { 9202 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterEventTopicInput"} 9203 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9204 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9205 } 9206 if s.TopicName == nil { 9207 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicName")) 9208 } 9209 if s.TopicName != nil && len(*s.TopicName) < 1 { 9210 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TopicName", 1)) 9211 } 9212 9213 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9214 return invalidParams 9215 } 9216 return nil 9217} 9218 9219// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9220func (s *RegisterEventTopicInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *RegisterEventTopicInput { 9221 s.DirectoryId = &v 9222 return s 9223} 9224 9225// SetTopicName sets the TopicName field's value. 9226func (s *RegisterEventTopicInput) SetTopicName(v string) *RegisterEventTopicInput { 9227 s.TopicName = &v 9228 return s 9229} 9230 9231// The result of a RegisterEventTopic request. 9232type RegisterEventTopicOutput struct { 9233 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9234} 9235 9236// String returns the string representation 9237func (s RegisterEventTopicOutput) String() string { 9238 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9239} 9240 9241// GoString returns the string representation 9242func (s RegisterEventTopicOutput) GoString() string { 9243 return s.String() 9244} 9245 9246type RejectSharedDirectoryInput struct { 9247 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9248 9249 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This 9250 // identifier is different for each directory owner account. 9251 // 9252 // SharedDirectoryId is a required field 9253 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9254} 9255 9256// String returns the string representation 9257func (s RejectSharedDirectoryInput) String() string { 9258 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9259} 9260 9261// GoString returns the string representation 9262func (s RejectSharedDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 9263 return s.String() 9264} 9265 9266// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9267func (s *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 9268 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RejectSharedDirectoryInput"} 9269 if s.SharedDirectoryId == nil { 9270 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SharedDirectoryId")) 9271 } 9272 9273 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9274 return invalidParams 9275 } 9276 return nil 9277} 9278 9279// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 9280func (s *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *RejectSharedDirectoryInput { 9281 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 9282 return s 9283} 9284 9285type RejectSharedDirectoryOutput struct { 9286 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9287 9288 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. 9289 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9290} 9291 9292// String returns the string representation 9293func (s RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) String() string { 9294 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9295} 9296 9297// GoString returns the string representation 9298func (s RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 9299 return s.String() 9300} 9301 9302// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 9303func (s *RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *RejectSharedDirectoryOutput { 9304 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 9305 return s 9306} 9307 9308type RemoveIpRoutesInput struct { 9309 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9310 9311 // IP address blocks that you want to remove. 9312 // 9313 // CidrIps is a required field 9314 CidrIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 9315 9316 // Identifier (ID) of the directory from which you want to remove the IP addresses. 9317 // 9318 // DirectoryId is a required field 9319 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9320} 9321 9322// String returns the string representation 9323func (s RemoveIpRoutesInput) String() string { 9324 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9325} 9326 9327// GoString returns the string representation 9328func (s RemoveIpRoutesInput) GoString() string { 9329 return s.String() 9330} 9331 9332// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9333func (s *RemoveIpRoutesInput) Validate() error { 9334 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveIpRoutesInput"} 9335 if s.CidrIps == nil { 9336 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CidrIps")) 9337 } 9338 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9339 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9340 } 9341 9342 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9343 return invalidParams 9344 } 9345 return nil 9346} 9347 9348// SetCidrIps sets the CidrIps field's value. 9349func (s *RemoveIpRoutesInput) SetCidrIps(v []*string) *RemoveIpRoutesInput { 9350 s.CidrIps = v 9351 return s 9352} 9353 9354// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9355func (s *RemoveIpRoutesInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *RemoveIpRoutesInput { 9356 s.DirectoryId = &v 9357 return s 9358} 9359 9360type RemoveIpRoutesOutput struct { 9361 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9362} 9363 9364// String returns the string representation 9365func (s RemoveIpRoutesOutput) String() string { 9366 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9367} 9368 9369// GoString returns the string representation 9370func (s RemoveIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string { 9371 return s.String() 9372} 9373 9374type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { 9375 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9376 9377 // Identifier (ID) of the directory from which to remove the tag. 9378 // 9379 // ResourceId is a required field 9380 ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9381 9382 // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. 9383 // 9384 // TagKeys is a required field 9385 TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 9386} 9387 9388// String returns the string representation 9389func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { 9390 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9391} 9392 9393// GoString returns the string representation 9394func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { 9395 return s.String() 9396} 9397 9398// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9399func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { 9400 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} 9401 if s.ResourceId == nil { 9402 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) 9403 } 9404 if s.TagKeys == nil { 9405 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 9406 } 9407 9408 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9409 return invalidParams 9410 } 9411 return nil 9412} 9413 9414// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. 9415func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceId(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 9416 s.ResourceId = &v 9417 return s 9418} 9419 9420// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 9421func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 9422 s.TagKeys = v 9423 return s 9424} 9425 9426type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { 9427 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9428} 9429 9430// String returns the string representation 9431func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { 9432 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9433} 9434 9435// GoString returns the string representation 9436func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { 9437 return s.String() 9438} 9439 9440type ResetUserPasswordInput struct { 9441 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9442 9443 // Identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD or Simple AD directory in which 9444 // the user resides. 9445 // 9446 // DirectoryId is a required field 9447 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9448 9449 // The new password that will be reset. 9450 // 9451 // NewPassword is a required field 9452 NewPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 9453 9454 // The user name of the user whose password will be reset. 9455 // 9456 // UserName is a required field 9457 UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 9458} 9459 9460// String returns the string representation 9461func (s ResetUserPasswordInput) String() string { 9462 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9463} 9464 9465// GoString returns the string representation 9466func (s ResetUserPasswordInput) GoString() string { 9467 return s.String() 9468} 9469 9470// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9471func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) Validate() error { 9472 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetUserPasswordInput"} 9473 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9474 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9475 } 9476 if s.NewPassword == nil { 9477 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewPassword")) 9478 } 9479 if s.NewPassword != nil && len(*s.NewPassword) < 1 { 9480 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewPassword", 1)) 9481 } 9482 if s.UserName == nil { 9483 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName")) 9484 } 9485 if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 { 9486 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1)) 9487 } 9488 9489 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9490 return invalidParams 9491 } 9492 return nil 9493} 9494 9495// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9496func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ResetUserPasswordInput { 9497 s.DirectoryId = &v 9498 return s 9499} 9500 9501// SetNewPassword sets the NewPassword field's value. 9502func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) SetNewPassword(v string) *ResetUserPasswordInput { 9503 s.NewPassword = &v 9504 return s 9505} 9506 9507// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 9508func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) SetUserName(v string) *ResetUserPasswordInput { 9509 s.UserName = &v 9510 return s 9511} 9512 9513type ResetUserPasswordOutput struct { 9514 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9515} 9516 9517// String returns the string representation 9518func (s ResetUserPasswordOutput) String() string { 9519 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9520} 9521 9522// GoString returns the string representation 9523func (s ResetUserPasswordOutput) GoString() string { 9524 return s.String() 9525} 9526 9527// An object representing the inputs for the RestoreFromSnapshot operation. 9528type RestoreFromSnapshotInput struct { 9529 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9530 9531 // The identifier of the snapshot to restore from. 9532 // 9533 // SnapshotId is a required field 9534 SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9535} 9536 9537// String returns the string representation 9538func (s RestoreFromSnapshotInput) String() string { 9539 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9540} 9541 9542// GoString returns the string representation 9543func (s RestoreFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 9544 return s.String() 9545} 9546 9547// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9548func (s *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 9549 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreFromSnapshotInput"} 9550 if s.SnapshotId == nil { 9551 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId")) 9552 } 9553 9554 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9555 return invalidParams 9556 } 9557 return nil 9558} 9559 9560// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 9561func (s *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *RestoreFromSnapshotInput { 9562 s.SnapshotId = &v 9563 return s 9564} 9565 9566// Contains the results of the RestoreFromSnapshot operation. 9567type RestoreFromSnapshotOutput struct { 9568 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9569} 9570 9571// String returns the string representation 9572func (s RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { 9573 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9574} 9575 9576// GoString returns the string representation 9577func (s RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 9578 return s.String() 9579} 9580 9581// Information about a schema extension. 9582type SchemaExtensionInfo struct { 9583 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9584 9585 // A description of the schema extension. 9586 Description *string `type:"string"` 9587 9588 // The identifier of the directory to which the schema extension is applied. 9589 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9590 9591 // The date and time that the schema extension was completed. 9592 EndDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9593 9594 // The identifier of the schema extension. 9595 SchemaExtensionId *string `type:"string"` 9596 9597 // The current status of the schema extension. 9598 SchemaExtensionStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaExtensionStatus"` 9599 9600 // The reason for the SchemaExtensionStatus. 9601 SchemaExtensionStatusReason *string `type:"string"` 9602 9603 // The date and time that the schema extension started being applied to the 9604 // directory. 9605 StartDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9606} 9607 9608// String returns the string representation 9609func (s SchemaExtensionInfo) String() string { 9610 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9611} 9612 9613// GoString returns the string representation 9614func (s SchemaExtensionInfo) GoString() string { 9615 return s.String() 9616} 9617 9618// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 9619func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetDescription(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 9620 s.Description = &v 9621 return s 9622} 9623 9624// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9625func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetDirectoryId(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 9626 s.DirectoryId = &v 9627 return s 9628} 9629 9630// SetEndDateTime sets the EndDateTime field's value. 9631func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetEndDateTime(v time.Time) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 9632 s.EndDateTime = &v 9633 return s 9634} 9635 9636// SetSchemaExtensionId sets the SchemaExtensionId field's value. 9637func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetSchemaExtensionId(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 9638 s.SchemaExtensionId = &v 9639 return s 9640} 9641 9642// SetSchemaExtensionStatus sets the SchemaExtensionStatus field's value. 9643func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetSchemaExtensionStatus(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 9644 s.SchemaExtensionStatus = &v 9645 return s 9646} 9647 9648// SetSchemaExtensionStatusReason sets the SchemaExtensionStatusReason field's value. 9649func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetSchemaExtensionStatusReason(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 9650 s.SchemaExtensionStatusReason = &v 9651 return s 9652} 9653 9654// SetStartDateTime sets the StartDateTime field's value. 9655func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetStartDateTime(v time.Time) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 9656 s.StartDateTime = &v 9657 return s 9658} 9659 9660type ShareDirectoryInput struct { 9661 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9662 9663 // Identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory that you want to share 9664 // with other AWS accounts. 9665 // 9666 // DirectoryId is a required field 9667 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9668 9669 // The method used when sharing a directory to determine whether the directory 9670 // should be shared within your AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS) or with any 9671 // AWS account by sending a directory sharing request (HANDSHAKE). 9672 // 9673 // ShareMethod is a required field 9674 ShareMethod *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ShareMethod"` 9675 9676 // A directory share request that is sent by the directory owner to the directory 9677 // consumer. The request includes a typed message to help the directory consumer 9678 // administrator determine whether to approve or reject the share invitation. 9679 ShareNotes *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 9680 9681 // Identifier for the directory consumer account with whom the directory is 9682 // to be shared. 9683 // 9684 // ShareTarget is a required field 9685 ShareTarget *ShareTarget `type:"structure" required:"true"` 9686} 9687 9688// String returns the string representation 9689func (s ShareDirectoryInput) String() string { 9690 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9691} 9692 9693// GoString returns the string representation 9694func (s ShareDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 9695 return s.String() 9696} 9697 9698// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9699func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 9700 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ShareDirectoryInput"} 9701 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9702 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9703 } 9704 if s.ShareMethod == nil { 9705 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ShareMethod")) 9706 } 9707 if s.ShareTarget == nil { 9708 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ShareTarget")) 9709 } 9710 if s.ShareTarget != nil { 9711 if err := s.ShareTarget.Validate(); err != nil { 9712 invalidParams.AddNested("ShareTarget", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9713 } 9714 } 9715 9716 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9717 return invalidParams 9718 } 9719 return nil 9720} 9721 9722// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9723func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ShareDirectoryInput { 9724 s.DirectoryId = &v 9725 return s 9726} 9727 9728// SetShareMethod sets the ShareMethod field's value. 9729func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetShareMethod(v string) *ShareDirectoryInput { 9730 s.ShareMethod = &v 9731 return s 9732} 9733 9734// SetShareNotes sets the ShareNotes field's value. 9735func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetShareNotes(v string) *ShareDirectoryInput { 9736 s.ShareNotes = &v 9737 return s 9738} 9739 9740// SetShareTarget sets the ShareTarget field's value. 9741func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetShareTarget(v *ShareTarget) *ShareDirectoryInput { 9742 s.ShareTarget = v 9743 return s 9744} 9745 9746type ShareDirectoryOutput struct { 9747 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9748 9749 // Identifier of the directory that is stored in the directory consumer account 9750 // that is shared from the specified directory (DirectoryId). 9751 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9752} 9753 9754// String returns the string representation 9755func (s ShareDirectoryOutput) String() string { 9756 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9757} 9758 9759// GoString returns the string representation 9760func (s ShareDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 9761 return s.String() 9762} 9763 9764// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 9765func (s *ShareDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *ShareDirectoryOutput { 9766 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 9767 return s 9768} 9769 9770// Identifier that contains details about the directory consumer account. 9771type ShareTarget struct { 9772 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9773 9774 // Identifier of the directory consumer account. 9775 // 9776 // Id is a required field 9777 Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 9778 9779 // Type of identifier to be used in the Id field. 9780 // 9781 // Type is a required field 9782 Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TargetType"` 9783} 9784 9785// String returns the string representation 9786func (s ShareTarget) String() string { 9787 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9788} 9789 9790// GoString returns the string representation 9791func (s ShareTarget) GoString() string { 9792 return s.String() 9793} 9794 9795// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9796func (s *ShareTarget) Validate() error { 9797 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ShareTarget"} 9798 if s.Id == nil { 9799 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) 9800 } 9801 if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 { 9802 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1)) 9803 } 9804 if s.Type == nil { 9805 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) 9806 } 9807 9808 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9809 return invalidParams 9810 } 9811 return nil 9812} 9813 9814// SetId sets the Id field's value. 9815func (s *ShareTarget) SetId(v string) *ShareTarget { 9816 s.Id = &v 9817 return s 9818} 9819 9820// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9821func (s *ShareTarget) SetType(v string) *ShareTarget { 9822 s.Type = &v 9823 return s 9824} 9825 9826// Details about the shared directory in the directory owner account for which 9827// the share request in the directory consumer account has been accepted. 9828type SharedDirectory struct { 9829 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9830 9831 // The date and time that the shared directory was created. 9832 CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9833 9834 // The date and time that the shared directory was last updated. 9835 LastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9836 9837 // Identifier of the directory owner account, which contains the directory that 9838 // has been shared to the consumer account. 9839 OwnerAccountId *string `type:"string"` 9840 9841 // Identifier of the directory in the directory owner account. 9842 OwnerDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9843 9844 // The method used when sharing a directory to determine whether the directory 9845 // should be shared within your AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS) or with any 9846 // AWS account by sending a shared directory request (HANDSHAKE). 9847 ShareMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareMethod"` 9848 9849 // A directory share request that is sent by the directory owner to the directory 9850 // consumer. The request includes a typed message to help the directory consumer 9851 // administrator determine whether to approve or reject the share invitation. 9852 ShareNotes *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 9853 9854 // Current directory status of the shared AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 9855 ShareStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareStatus"` 9856 9857 // Identifier of the directory consumer account that has access to the shared 9858 // directory (OwnerDirectoryId) in the directory owner account. 9859 SharedAccountId *string `type:"string"` 9860 9861 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This 9862 // identifier is different for each directory owner account. 9863 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9864} 9865 9866// String returns the string representation 9867func (s SharedDirectory) String() string { 9868 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9869} 9870 9871// GoString returns the string representation 9872func (s SharedDirectory) GoString() string { 9873 return s.String() 9874} 9875 9876// SetCreatedDateTime sets the CreatedDateTime field's value. 9877func (s *SharedDirectory) SetCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *SharedDirectory { 9878 s.CreatedDateTime = &v 9879 return s 9880} 9881 9882// SetLastUpdatedDateTime sets the LastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 9883func (s *SharedDirectory) SetLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *SharedDirectory { 9884 s.LastUpdatedDateTime = &v 9885 return s 9886} 9887 9888// SetOwnerAccountId sets the OwnerAccountId field's value. 9889func (s *SharedDirectory) SetOwnerAccountId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 9890 s.OwnerAccountId = &v 9891 return s 9892} 9893 9894// SetOwnerDirectoryId sets the OwnerDirectoryId field's value. 9895func (s *SharedDirectory) SetOwnerDirectoryId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 9896 s.OwnerDirectoryId = &v 9897 return s 9898} 9899 9900// SetShareMethod sets the ShareMethod field's value. 9901func (s *SharedDirectory) SetShareMethod(v string) *SharedDirectory { 9902 s.ShareMethod = &v 9903 return s 9904} 9905 9906// SetShareNotes sets the ShareNotes field's value. 9907func (s *SharedDirectory) SetShareNotes(v string) *SharedDirectory { 9908 s.ShareNotes = &v 9909 return s 9910} 9911 9912// SetShareStatus sets the ShareStatus field's value. 9913func (s *SharedDirectory) SetShareStatus(v string) *SharedDirectory { 9914 s.ShareStatus = &v 9915 return s 9916} 9917 9918// SetSharedAccountId sets the SharedAccountId field's value. 9919func (s *SharedDirectory) SetSharedAccountId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 9920 s.SharedAccountId = &v 9921 return s 9922} 9923 9924// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 9925func (s *SharedDirectory) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 9926 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 9927 return s 9928} 9929 9930// Describes a directory snapshot. 9931type Snapshot struct { 9932 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9933 9934 // The directory identifier. 9935 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9936 9937 // The descriptive name of the snapshot. 9938 Name *string `type:"string"` 9939 9940 // The snapshot identifier. 9941 SnapshotId *string `type:"string"` 9942 9943 // The date and time that the snapshot was taken. 9944 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9945 9946 // The snapshot status. 9947 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SnapshotStatus"` 9948 9949 // The snapshot type. 9950 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"SnapshotType"` 9951} 9952 9953// String returns the string representation 9954func (s Snapshot) String() string { 9955 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9956} 9957 9958// GoString returns the string representation 9959func (s Snapshot) GoString() string { 9960 return s.String() 9961} 9962 9963// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9964func (s *Snapshot) SetDirectoryId(v string) *Snapshot { 9965 s.DirectoryId = &v 9966 return s 9967} 9968 9969// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9970func (s *Snapshot) SetName(v string) *Snapshot { 9971 s.Name = &v 9972 return s 9973} 9974 9975// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 9976func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotId(v string) *Snapshot { 9977 s.SnapshotId = &v 9978 return s 9979} 9980 9981// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 9982func (s *Snapshot) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *Snapshot { 9983 s.StartTime = &v 9984 return s 9985} 9986 9987// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9988func (s *Snapshot) SetStatus(v string) *Snapshot { 9989 s.Status = &v 9990 return s 9991} 9992 9993// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9994func (s *Snapshot) SetType(v string) *Snapshot { 9995 s.Type = &v 9996 return s 9997} 9998 9999// Contains manual snapshot limit information for a directory. 10000type SnapshotLimits struct { 10001 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10002 10003 // The current number of manual snapshots of the directory. 10004 ManualSnapshotsCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 10005 10006 // The maximum number of manual snapshots allowed. 10007 ManualSnapshotsLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 10008 10009 // Indicates if the manual snapshot limit has been reached. 10010 ManualSnapshotsLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 10011} 10012 10013// String returns the string representation 10014func (s SnapshotLimits) String() string { 10015 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10016} 10017 10018// GoString returns the string representation 10019func (s SnapshotLimits) GoString() string { 10020 return s.String() 10021} 10022 10023// SetManualSnapshotsCurrentCount sets the ManualSnapshotsCurrentCount field's value. 10024func (s *SnapshotLimits) SetManualSnapshotsCurrentCount(v int64) *SnapshotLimits { 10025 s.ManualSnapshotsCurrentCount = &v 10026 return s 10027} 10028 10029// SetManualSnapshotsLimit sets the ManualSnapshotsLimit field's value. 10030func (s *SnapshotLimits) SetManualSnapshotsLimit(v int64) *SnapshotLimits { 10031 s.ManualSnapshotsLimit = &v 10032 return s 10033} 10034 10035// SetManualSnapshotsLimitReached sets the ManualSnapshotsLimitReached field's value. 10036func (s *SnapshotLimits) SetManualSnapshotsLimitReached(v bool) *SnapshotLimits { 10037 s.ManualSnapshotsLimitReached = &v 10038 return s 10039} 10040 10041type StartSchemaExtensionInput struct { 10042 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10043 10044 // If true, creates a snapshot of the directory before applying the schema extension. 10045 // 10046 // CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension is a required field 10047 CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` 10048 10049 // A description of the schema extension. 10050 // 10051 // Description is a required field 10052 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10053 10054 // The identifier of the directory for which the schema extension will be applied 10055 // to. 10056 // 10057 // DirectoryId is a required field 10058 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10059 10060 // The LDIF file represented as a string. To construct the LdifContent string, 10061 // precede each line as it would be formatted in an ldif file with \n. See the 10062 // example request below for more details. The file size can be no larger than 10063 // 1MB. 10064 // 10065 // LdifContent is a required field 10066 LdifContent *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 10067} 10068 10069// String returns the string representation 10070func (s StartSchemaExtensionInput) String() string { 10071 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10072} 10073 10074// GoString returns the string representation 10075func (s StartSchemaExtensionInput) GoString() string { 10076 return s.String() 10077} 10078 10079// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10080func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) Validate() error { 10081 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartSchemaExtensionInput"} 10082 if s.CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension == nil { 10083 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension")) 10084 } 10085 if s.Description == nil { 10086 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 10087 } 10088 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10089 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10090 } 10091 if s.LdifContent == nil { 10092 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LdifContent")) 10093 } 10094 if s.LdifContent != nil && len(*s.LdifContent) < 1 { 10095 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LdifContent", 1)) 10096 } 10097 10098 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10099 return invalidParams 10100 } 10101 return nil 10102} 10103 10104// SetCreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension sets the CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension field's value. 10105func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetCreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension(v bool) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 10106 s.CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension = &v 10107 return s 10108} 10109 10110// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 10111func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetDescription(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 10112 s.Description = &v 10113 return s 10114} 10115 10116// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10117func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 10118 s.DirectoryId = &v 10119 return s 10120} 10121 10122// SetLdifContent sets the LdifContent field's value. 10123func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetLdifContent(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 10124 s.LdifContent = &v 10125 return s 10126} 10127 10128type StartSchemaExtensionOutput struct { 10129 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10130 10131 // The identifier of the schema extension that will be applied. 10132 SchemaExtensionId *string `type:"string"` 10133} 10134 10135// String returns the string representation 10136func (s StartSchemaExtensionOutput) String() string { 10137 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10138} 10139 10140// GoString returns the string representation 10141func (s StartSchemaExtensionOutput) GoString() string { 10142 return s.String() 10143} 10144 10145// SetSchemaExtensionId sets the SchemaExtensionId field's value. 10146func (s *StartSchemaExtensionOutput) SetSchemaExtensionId(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionOutput { 10147 s.SchemaExtensionId = &v 10148 return s 10149} 10150 10151// Metadata assigned to a directory consisting of a key-value pair. 10152type Tag struct { 10153 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10154 10155 // Required name of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters and 10156 // cannot be prefixed with "aws:". The string can contain only the set of Unicode 10157 // letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 10158 // 10159 // Key is a required field 10160 Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 10161 10162 // The optional value of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters. 10163 // The string can contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 10164 // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 10165 // 10166 // Value is a required field 10167 Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10168} 10169 10170// String returns the string representation 10171func (s Tag) String() string { 10172 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10173} 10174 10175// GoString returns the string representation 10176func (s Tag) GoString() string { 10177 return s.String() 10178} 10179 10180// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10181func (s *Tag) Validate() error { 10182 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"} 10183 if s.Key == nil { 10184 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) 10185 } 10186 if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { 10187 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) 10188 } 10189 if s.Value == nil { 10190 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value")) 10191 } 10192 10193 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10194 return invalidParams 10195 } 10196 return nil 10197} 10198 10199// SetKey sets the Key field's value. 10200func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { 10201 s.Key = &v 10202 return s 10203} 10204 10205// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 10206func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { 10207 s.Value = &v 10208 return s 10209} 10210 10211// Describes a trust relationship between an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory 10212// and an external domain. 10213type Trust struct { 10214 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10215 10216 // The date and time that the trust relationship was created. 10217 CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10218 10219 // The Directory ID of the AWS directory involved in the trust relationship. 10220 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 10221 10222 // The date and time that the trust relationship was last updated. 10223 LastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10224 10225 // The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain involved in 10226 // the trust relationship. 10227 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string"` 10228 10229 // Current state of selective authentication for the trust. 10230 SelectiveAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"SelectiveAuth"` 10231 10232 // The date and time that the TrustState was last updated. 10233 StateLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10234 10235 // The trust relationship direction. 10236 TrustDirection *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustDirection"` 10237 10238 // The unique ID of the trust relationship. 10239 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 10240 10241 // The trust relationship state. 10242 TrustState *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustState"` 10243 10244 // The reason for the TrustState. 10245 TrustStateReason *string `type:"string"` 10246 10247 // The trust relationship type. Forest is the default. 10248 TrustType *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustType"` 10249} 10250 10251// String returns the string representation 10252func (s Trust) String() string { 10253 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10254} 10255 10256// GoString returns the string representation 10257func (s Trust) GoString() string { 10258 return s.String() 10259} 10260 10261// SetCreatedDateTime sets the CreatedDateTime field's value. 10262func (s *Trust) SetCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *Trust { 10263 s.CreatedDateTime = &v 10264 return s 10265} 10266 10267// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10268func (s *Trust) SetDirectoryId(v string) *Trust { 10269 s.DirectoryId = &v 10270 return s 10271} 10272 10273// SetLastUpdatedDateTime sets the LastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 10274func (s *Trust) SetLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *Trust { 10275 s.LastUpdatedDateTime = &v 10276 return s 10277} 10278 10279// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 10280func (s *Trust) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *Trust { 10281 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 10282 return s 10283} 10284 10285// SetSelectiveAuth sets the SelectiveAuth field's value. 10286func (s *Trust) SetSelectiveAuth(v string) *Trust { 10287 s.SelectiveAuth = &v 10288 return s 10289} 10290 10291// SetStateLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StateLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 10292func (s *Trust) SetStateLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *Trust { 10293 s.StateLastUpdatedDateTime = &v 10294 return s 10295} 10296 10297// SetTrustDirection sets the TrustDirection field's value. 10298func (s *Trust) SetTrustDirection(v string) *Trust { 10299 s.TrustDirection = &v 10300 return s 10301} 10302 10303// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 10304func (s *Trust) SetTrustId(v string) *Trust { 10305 s.TrustId = &v 10306 return s 10307} 10308 10309// SetTrustState sets the TrustState field's value. 10310func (s *Trust) SetTrustState(v string) *Trust { 10311 s.TrustState = &v 10312 return s 10313} 10314 10315// SetTrustStateReason sets the TrustStateReason field's value. 10316func (s *Trust) SetTrustStateReason(v string) *Trust { 10317 s.TrustStateReason = &v 10318 return s 10319} 10320 10321// SetTrustType sets the TrustType field's value. 10322func (s *Trust) SetTrustType(v string) *Trust { 10323 s.TrustType = &v 10324 return s 10325} 10326 10327type UnshareDirectoryInput struct { 10328 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10329 10330 // The identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory that you want to 10331 // stop sharing. 10332 // 10333 // DirectoryId is a required field 10334 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10335 10336 // Identifier for the directory consumer account with whom the directory has 10337 // to be unshared. 10338 // 10339 // UnshareTarget is a required field 10340 UnshareTarget *UnshareTarget `type:"structure" required:"true"` 10341} 10342 10343// String returns the string representation 10344func (s UnshareDirectoryInput) String() string { 10345 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10346} 10347 10348// GoString returns the string representation 10349func (s UnshareDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 10350 return s.String() 10351} 10352 10353// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10354func (s *UnshareDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 10355 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UnshareDirectoryInput"} 10356 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10357 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10358 } 10359 if s.UnshareTarget == nil { 10360 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UnshareTarget")) 10361 } 10362 if s.UnshareTarget != nil { 10363 if err := s.UnshareTarget.Validate(); err != nil { 10364 invalidParams.AddNested("UnshareTarget", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10365 } 10366 } 10367 10368 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10369 return invalidParams 10370 } 10371 return nil 10372} 10373 10374// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10375func (s *UnshareDirectoryInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UnshareDirectoryInput { 10376 s.DirectoryId = &v 10377 return s 10378} 10379 10380// SetUnshareTarget sets the UnshareTarget field's value. 10381func (s *UnshareDirectoryInput) SetUnshareTarget(v *UnshareTarget) *UnshareDirectoryInput { 10382 s.UnshareTarget = v 10383 return s 10384} 10385 10386type UnshareDirectoryOutput struct { 10387 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10388 10389 // Identifier of the directory stored in the directory consumer account that 10390 // is to be unshared from the specified directory (DirectoryId). 10391 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 10392} 10393 10394// String returns the string representation 10395func (s UnshareDirectoryOutput) String() string { 10396 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10397} 10398 10399// GoString returns the string representation 10400func (s UnshareDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 10401 return s.String() 10402} 10403 10404// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 10405func (s *UnshareDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *UnshareDirectoryOutput { 10406 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 10407 return s 10408} 10409 10410// Identifier that contains details about the directory consumer account with 10411// whom the directory is being unshared. 10412type UnshareTarget struct { 10413 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10414 10415 // Identifier of the directory consumer account. 10416 // 10417 // Id is a required field 10418 Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 10419 10420 // Type of identifier to be used in the Id field. 10421 // 10422 // Type is a required field 10423 Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TargetType"` 10424} 10425 10426// String returns the string representation 10427func (s UnshareTarget) String() string { 10428 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10429} 10430 10431// GoString returns the string representation 10432func (s UnshareTarget) GoString() string { 10433 return s.String() 10434} 10435 10436// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10437func (s *UnshareTarget) Validate() error { 10438 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UnshareTarget"} 10439 if s.Id == nil { 10440 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) 10441 } 10442 if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 { 10443 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1)) 10444 } 10445 if s.Type == nil { 10446 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) 10447 } 10448 10449 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10450 return invalidParams 10451 } 10452 return nil 10453} 10454 10455// SetId sets the Id field's value. 10456func (s *UnshareTarget) SetId(v string) *UnshareTarget { 10457 s.Id = &v 10458 return s 10459} 10460 10461// SetType sets the Type field's value. 10462func (s *UnshareTarget) SetType(v string) *UnshareTarget { 10463 s.Type = &v 10464 return s 10465} 10466 10467// Updates a conditional forwarder. 10468type UpdateConditionalForwarderInput struct { 10469 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10470 10471 // The directory ID of the AWS directory for which to update the conditional 10472 // forwarder. 10473 // 10474 // DirectoryId is a required field 10475 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10476 10477 // The updated IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with the conditional 10478 // forwarder. 10479 // 10480 // DnsIpAddrs is a required field 10481 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 10482 10483 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you 10484 // will set up a trust relationship. 10485 // 10486 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 10487 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10488} 10489 10490// String returns the string representation 10491func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) String() string { 10492 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10493} 10494 10495// GoString returns the string representation 10496func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string { 10497 return s.String() 10498} 10499 10500// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10501func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error { 10502 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateConditionalForwarderInput"} 10503 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10504 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10505 } 10506 if s.DnsIpAddrs == nil { 10507 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DnsIpAddrs")) 10508 } 10509 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 10510 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 10511 } 10512 10513 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10514 return invalidParams 10515 } 10516 return nil 10517} 10518 10519// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10520func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput { 10521 s.DirectoryId = &v 10522 return s 10523} 10524 10525// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 10526func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput { 10527 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 10528 return s 10529} 10530 10531// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 10532func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput { 10533 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 10534 return s 10535} 10536 10537// The result of an UpdateConditionalForwarder request. 10538type UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput struct { 10539 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10540} 10541 10542// String returns the string representation 10543func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string { 10544 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10545} 10546 10547// GoString returns the string representation 10548func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string { 10549 return s.String() 10550} 10551 10552type UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput struct { 10553 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10554 10555 // The number of domain controllers desired in the directory. 10556 // 10557 // DesiredNumber is a required field 10558 DesiredNumber *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer" required:"true"` 10559 10560 // Identifier of the directory to which the domain controllers will be added 10561 // or removed. 10562 // 10563 // DirectoryId is a required field 10564 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10565} 10566 10567// String returns the string representation 10568func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) String() string { 10569 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10570} 10571 10572// GoString returns the string representation 10573func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) GoString() string { 10574 return s.String() 10575} 10576 10577// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10578func (s *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) Validate() error { 10579 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput"} 10580 if s.DesiredNumber == nil { 10581 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DesiredNumber")) 10582 } 10583 if s.DesiredNumber != nil && *s.DesiredNumber < 2 { 10584 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DesiredNumber", 2)) 10585 } 10586 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10587 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10588 } 10589 10590 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10591 return invalidParams 10592 } 10593 return nil 10594} 10595 10596// SetDesiredNumber sets the DesiredNumber field's value. 10597func (s *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) SetDesiredNumber(v int64) *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput { 10598 s.DesiredNumber = &v 10599 return s 10600} 10601 10602// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10603func (s *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput { 10604 s.DirectoryId = &v 10605 return s 10606} 10607 10608type UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput struct { 10609 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10610} 10611 10612// String returns the string representation 10613func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput) String() string { 10614 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10615} 10616 10617// GoString returns the string representation 10618func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput) GoString() string { 10619 return s.String() 10620} 10621 10622// Contains the inputs for the UpdateRadius operation. 10623type UpdateRadiusInput struct { 10624 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10625 10626 // The identifier of the directory for which to update the RADIUS server information. 10627 // 10628 // DirectoryId is a required field 10629 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10630 10631 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. 10632 // 10633 // RadiusSettings is a required field 10634 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 10635} 10636 10637// String returns the string representation 10638func (s UpdateRadiusInput) String() string { 10639 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10640} 10641 10642// GoString returns the string representation 10643func (s UpdateRadiusInput) GoString() string { 10644 return s.String() 10645} 10646 10647// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10648func (s *UpdateRadiusInput) Validate() error { 10649 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateRadiusInput"} 10650 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10651 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10652 } 10653 if s.RadiusSettings == nil { 10654 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RadiusSettings")) 10655 } 10656 if s.RadiusSettings != nil { 10657 if err := s.RadiusSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 10658 invalidParams.AddNested("RadiusSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10659 } 10660 } 10661 10662 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10663 return invalidParams 10664 } 10665 return nil 10666} 10667 10668// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10669func (s *UpdateRadiusInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UpdateRadiusInput { 10670 s.DirectoryId = &v 10671 return s 10672} 10673 10674// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 10675func (s *UpdateRadiusInput) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *UpdateRadiusInput { 10676 s.RadiusSettings = v 10677 return s 10678} 10679 10680// Contains the results of the UpdateRadius operation. 10681type UpdateRadiusOutput struct { 10682 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10683} 10684 10685// String returns the string representation 10686func (s UpdateRadiusOutput) String() string { 10687 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10688} 10689 10690// GoString returns the string representation 10691func (s UpdateRadiusOutput) GoString() string { 10692 return s.String() 10693} 10694 10695type UpdateTrustInput struct { 10696 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10697 10698 // Updates selective authentication for the trust. 10699 SelectiveAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"SelectiveAuth"` 10700 10701 // Identifier of the trust relationship. 10702 // 10703 // TrustId is a required field 10704 TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10705} 10706 10707// String returns the string representation 10708func (s UpdateTrustInput) String() string { 10709 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10710} 10711 10712// GoString returns the string representation 10713func (s UpdateTrustInput) GoString() string { 10714 return s.String() 10715} 10716 10717// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10718func (s *UpdateTrustInput) Validate() error { 10719 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTrustInput"} 10720 if s.TrustId == nil { 10721 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId")) 10722 } 10723 10724 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10725 return invalidParams 10726 } 10727 return nil 10728} 10729 10730// SetSelectiveAuth sets the SelectiveAuth field's value. 10731func (s *UpdateTrustInput) SetSelectiveAuth(v string) *UpdateTrustInput { 10732 s.SelectiveAuth = &v 10733 return s 10734} 10735 10736// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 10737func (s *UpdateTrustInput) SetTrustId(v string) *UpdateTrustInput { 10738 s.TrustId = &v 10739 return s 10740} 10741 10742type UpdateTrustOutput struct { 10743 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10744 10745 // The AWS request identifier. 10746 RequestId *string `type:"string"` 10747 10748 // Identifier of the trust relationship. 10749 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 10750} 10751 10752// String returns the string representation 10753func (s UpdateTrustOutput) String() string { 10754 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10755} 10756 10757// GoString returns the string representation 10758func (s UpdateTrustOutput) GoString() string { 10759 return s.String() 10760} 10761 10762// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 10763func (s *UpdateTrustOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateTrustOutput { 10764 s.RequestId = &v 10765 return s 10766} 10767 10768// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 10769func (s *UpdateTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *UpdateTrustOutput { 10770 s.TrustId = &v 10771 return s 10772} 10773 10774// Initiates the verification of an existing trust relationship between an AWS 10775// Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain. 10776type VerifyTrustInput struct { 10777 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10778 10779 // The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship to verify. 10780 // 10781 // TrustId is a required field 10782 TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10783} 10784 10785// String returns the string representation 10786func (s VerifyTrustInput) String() string { 10787 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10788} 10789 10790// GoString returns the string representation 10791func (s VerifyTrustInput) GoString() string { 10792 return s.String() 10793} 10794 10795// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10796func (s *VerifyTrustInput) Validate() error { 10797 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VerifyTrustInput"} 10798 if s.TrustId == nil { 10799 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId")) 10800 } 10801 10802 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10803 return invalidParams 10804 } 10805 return nil 10806} 10807 10808// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 10809func (s *VerifyTrustInput) SetTrustId(v string) *VerifyTrustInput { 10810 s.TrustId = &v 10811 return s 10812} 10813 10814// Result of a VerifyTrust request. 10815type VerifyTrustOutput struct { 10816 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10817 10818 // The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship that was verified. 10819 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 10820} 10821 10822// String returns the string representation 10823func (s VerifyTrustOutput) String() string { 10824 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10825} 10826 10827// GoString returns the string representation 10828func (s VerifyTrustOutput) GoString() string { 10829 return s.String() 10830} 10831 10832// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 10833func (s *VerifyTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *VerifyTrustOutput { 10834 s.TrustId = &v 10835 return s 10836} 10837 10838const ( 10839 // DirectoryEditionEnterprise is a DirectoryEdition enum value 10840 DirectoryEditionEnterprise = "Enterprise" 10841 10842 // DirectoryEditionStandard is a DirectoryEdition enum value 10843 DirectoryEditionStandard = "Standard" 10844) 10845 10846const ( 10847 // DirectorySizeSmall is a DirectorySize enum value 10848 DirectorySizeSmall = "Small" 10849 10850 // DirectorySizeLarge is a DirectorySize enum value 10851 DirectorySizeLarge = "Large" 10852) 10853 10854const ( 10855 // DirectoryStageRequested is a DirectoryStage enum value 10856 DirectoryStageRequested = "Requested" 10857 10858 // DirectoryStageCreating is a DirectoryStage enum value 10859 DirectoryStageCreating = "Creating" 10860 10861 // DirectoryStageCreated is a DirectoryStage enum value 10862 DirectoryStageCreated = "Created" 10863 10864 // DirectoryStageActive is a DirectoryStage enum value 10865 DirectoryStageActive = "Active" 10866 10867 // DirectoryStageInoperable is a DirectoryStage enum value 10868 DirectoryStageInoperable = "Inoperable" 10869 10870 // DirectoryStageImpaired is a DirectoryStage enum value 10871 DirectoryStageImpaired = "Impaired" 10872 10873 // DirectoryStageRestoring is a DirectoryStage enum value 10874 DirectoryStageRestoring = "Restoring" 10875 10876 // DirectoryStageRestoreFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value 10877 DirectoryStageRestoreFailed = "RestoreFailed" 10878 10879 // DirectoryStageDeleting is a DirectoryStage enum value 10880 DirectoryStageDeleting = "Deleting" 10881 10882 // DirectoryStageDeleted is a DirectoryStage enum value 10883 DirectoryStageDeleted = "Deleted" 10884 10885 // DirectoryStageFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value 10886 DirectoryStageFailed = "Failed" 10887) 10888 10889const ( 10890 // DirectoryTypeSimpleAd is a DirectoryType enum value 10891 DirectoryTypeSimpleAd = "SimpleAD" 10892 10893 // DirectoryTypeAdconnector is a DirectoryType enum value 10894 DirectoryTypeAdconnector = "ADConnector" 10895 10896 // DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd is a DirectoryType enum value 10897 DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd = "MicrosoftAD" 10898 10899 // DirectoryTypeSharedMicrosoftAd is a DirectoryType enum value 10900 DirectoryTypeSharedMicrosoftAd = "SharedMicrosoftAD" 10901) 10902 10903const ( 10904 // DomainControllerStatusCreating is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 10905 DomainControllerStatusCreating = "Creating" 10906 10907 // DomainControllerStatusActive is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 10908 DomainControllerStatusActive = "Active" 10909 10910 // DomainControllerStatusImpaired is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 10911 DomainControllerStatusImpaired = "Impaired" 10912 10913 // DomainControllerStatusRestoring is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 10914 DomainControllerStatusRestoring = "Restoring" 10915 10916 // DomainControllerStatusDeleting is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 10917 DomainControllerStatusDeleting = "Deleting" 10918 10919 // DomainControllerStatusDeleted is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 10920 DomainControllerStatusDeleted = "Deleted" 10921 10922 // DomainControllerStatusFailed is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 10923 DomainControllerStatusFailed = "Failed" 10924) 10925 10926const ( 10927 // IpRouteStatusMsgAdding is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 10928 IpRouteStatusMsgAdding = "Adding" 10929 10930 // IpRouteStatusMsgAdded is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 10931 IpRouteStatusMsgAdded = "Added" 10932 10933 // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 10934 IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving = "Removing" 10935 10936 // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 10937 IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved = "Removed" 10938 10939 // IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 10940 IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed = "AddFailed" 10941 10942 // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 10943 IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed = "RemoveFailed" 10944) 10945 10946const ( 10947 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 10948 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap = "PAP" 10949 10950 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 10951 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap = "CHAP" 10952 10953 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 10954 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 = "MS-CHAPv1" 10955 10956 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 10957 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 = "MS-CHAPv2" 10958) 10959 10960const ( 10961 // RadiusStatusCreating is a RadiusStatus enum value 10962 RadiusStatusCreating = "Creating" 10963 10964 // RadiusStatusCompleted is a RadiusStatus enum value 10965 RadiusStatusCompleted = "Completed" 10966 10967 // RadiusStatusFailed is a RadiusStatus enum value 10968 RadiusStatusFailed = "Failed" 10969) 10970 10971const ( 10972 // ReplicationScopeDomain is a ReplicationScope enum value 10973 ReplicationScopeDomain = "Domain" 10974) 10975 10976const ( 10977 // SchemaExtensionStatusInitializing is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10978 SchemaExtensionStatusInitializing = "Initializing" 10979 10980 // SchemaExtensionStatusCreatingSnapshot is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10981 SchemaExtensionStatusCreatingSnapshot = "CreatingSnapshot" 10982 10983 // SchemaExtensionStatusUpdatingSchema is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10984 SchemaExtensionStatusUpdatingSchema = "UpdatingSchema" 10985 10986 // SchemaExtensionStatusReplicating is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10987 SchemaExtensionStatusReplicating = "Replicating" 10988 10989 // SchemaExtensionStatusCancelInProgress is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10990 SchemaExtensionStatusCancelInProgress = "CancelInProgress" 10991 10992 // SchemaExtensionStatusRollbackInProgress is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10993 SchemaExtensionStatusRollbackInProgress = "RollbackInProgress" 10994 10995 // SchemaExtensionStatusCancelled is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10996 SchemaExtensionStatusCancelled = "Cancelled" 10997 10998 // SchemaExtensionStatusFailed is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 10999 SchemaExtensionStatusFailed = "Failed" 11000 11001 // SchemaExtensionStatusCompleted is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 11002 SchemaExtensionStatusCompleted = "Completed" 11003) 11004 11005const ( 11006 // SelectiveAuthEnabled is a SelectiveAuth enum value 11007 SelectiveAuthEnabled = "Enabled" 11008 11009 // SelectiveAuthDisabled is a SelectiveAuth enum value 11010 SelectiveAuthDisabled = "Disabled" 11011) 11012 11013const ( 11014 // ShareMethodOrganizations is a ShareMethod enum value 11015 ShareMethodOrganizations = "ORGANIZATIONS" 11016 11017 // ShareMethodHandshake is a ShareMethod enum value 11018 ShareMethodHandshake = "HANDSHAKE" 11019) 11020 11021const ( 11022 // ShareStatusShared is a ShareStatus enum value 11023 ShareStatusShared = "Shared" 11024 11025 // ShareStatusPendingAcceptance is a ShareStatus enum value 11026 ShareStatusPendingAcceptance = "PendingAcceptance" 11027 11028 // ShareStatusRejected is a ShareStatus enum value 11029 ShareStatusRejected = "Rejected" 11030 11031 // ShareStatusRejecting is a ShareStatus enum value 11032 ShareStatusRejecting = "Rejecting" 11033 11034 // ShareStatusRejectFailed is a ShareStatus enum value 11035 ShareStatusRejectFailed = "RejectFailed" 11036 11037 // ShareStatusSharing is a ShareStatus enum value 11038 ShareStatusSharing = "Sharing" 11039 11040 // ShareStatusShareFailed is a ShareStatus enum value 11041 ShareStatusShareFailed = "ShareFailed" 11042 11043 // ShareStatusDeleted is a ShareStatus enum value 11044 ShareStatusDeleted = "Deleted" 11045 11046 // ShareStatusDeleting is a ShareStatus enum value 11047 ShareStatusDeleting = "Deleting" 11048) 11049 11050const ( 11051 // SnapshotStatusCreating is a SnapshotStatus enum value 11052 SnapshotStatusCreating = "Creating" 11053 11054 // SnapshotStatusCompleted is a SnapshotStatus enum value 11055 SnapshotStatusCompleted = "Completed" 11056 11057 // SnapshotStatusFailed is a SnapshotStatus enum value 11058 SnapshotStatusFailed = "Failed" 11059) 11060 11061const ( 11062 // SnapshotTypeAuto is a SnapshotType enum value 11063 SnapshotTypeAuto = "Auto" 11064 11065 // SnapshotTypeManual is a SnapshotType enum value 11066 SnapshotTypeManual = "Manual" 11067) 11068 11069const ( 11070 // TargetTypeAccount is a TargetType enum value 11071 TargetTypeAccount = "ACCOUNT" 11072) 11073 11074const ( 11075 // TopicStatusRegistered is a TopicStatus enum value 11076 TopicStatusRegistered = "Registered" 11077 11078 // TopicStatusTopicnotfound is a TopicStatus enum value 11079 TopicStatusTopicnotfound = "Topic not found" 11080 11081 // TopicStatusFailed is a TopicStatus enum value 11082 TopicStatusFailed = "Failed" 11083 11084 // TopicStatusDeleted is a TopicStatus enum value 11085 TopicStatusDeleted = "Deleted" 11086) 11087 11088const ( 11089 // TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing is a TrustDirection enum value 11090 TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing = "One-Way: Outgoing" 11091 11092 // TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming is a TrustDirection enum value 11093 TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming = "One-Way: Incoming" 11094 11095 // TrustDirectionTwoWay is a TrustDirection enum value 11096 TrustDirectionTwoWay = "Two-Way" 11097) 11098 11099const ( 11100 // TrustStateCreating is a TrustState enum value 11101 TrustStateCreating = "Creating" 11102 11103 // TrustStateCreated is a TrustState enum value 11104 TrustStateCreated = "Created" 11105 11106 // TrustStateVerifying is a TrustState enum value 11107 TrustStateVerifying = "Verifying" 11108 11109 // TrustStateVerifyFailed is a TrustState enum value 11110 TrustStateVerifyFailed = "VerifyFailed" 11111 11112 // TrustStateVerified is a TrustState enum value 11113 TrustStateVerified = "Verified" 11114 11115 // TrustStateUpdating is a TrustState enum value 11116 TrustStateUpdating = "Updating" 11117 11118 // TrustStateUpdateFailed is a TrustState enum value 11119 TrustStateUpdateFailed = "UpdateFailed" 11120 11121 // TrustStateUpdated is a TrustState enum value 11122 TrustStateUpdated = "Updated" 11123 11124 // TrustStateDeleting is a TrustState enum value 11125 TrustStateDeleting = "Deleting" 11126 11127 // TrustStateDeleted is a TrustState enum value 11128 TrustStateDeleted = "Deleted" 11129 11130 // TrustStateFailed is a TrustState enum value 11131 TrustStateFailed = "Failed" 11132) 11133 11134const ( 11135 // TrustTypeForest is a TrustType enum value 11136 TrustTypeForest = "Forest" 11137 11138 // TrustTypeExternal is a TrustType enum value 11139 TrustTypeExternal = "External" 11140) 11141